Category: Uncategorized

  • Always Conditions

    “I’m glad you stopped by. I wanted to get in touch with you. And, oh my, what a beautiful bouquet. Are those for me?”

    Ken had settled into a motel and was stopping by the convalescent center to give Mrs. Temple a contact number for him in case she heard any more about Dusty—and he was in luck, she had.

    “It was my niece, Anne. They called her as my next of kin when I was brought into the hospital, and she came up from Spring Hill. The fire department turned the puppy over to her.”

    “So, she—”

    “No, I’m sorry, she doesn’t have Dusty anymore. She was afraid I’d want to move back into a place of my own and she didn’t want there to be any reason I would argue to do that. She’s interfering that way—about my only living relative, but I’m glad she’s as far away as Spring Hill. It’s bad enough having to make decisions like this at the end of life, but it’s worse when you have someone standing over you and pushing.”

    “She doesn’t have Dusty anymore?” Ken interjected, not wanting to be impolite but seeking much different information than he was being provided.

    “No, I’m sorry, she doesn’t. She gave him over to the SPCA down there in Spring Hill. I made her give me a telephone number for the place, though. I had to convince her it wasn’t so that I could retrieve Dusty for myself. It’s around here someplace. The telephone number, that is. I know it is. Maybe over there on top of the bureau next to the phone. Yes, that slip of paper there, I think.”

    * * * *

    “Hello, Brad? Ken here. I’ve got some . . .”

    “I think I may have located Dusty,” Brad said. The excitement in his voice palpable.

    “. . . information on Dusty. The SPCA in a place south of here—Spring Hill—”

    “Spring Hill?” If anything, Brad became more excited.

    “Yeah. The lady with the burned-out house told me her niece in Spring Hill took Dusty but already has turned him over to the SPCA. I’m about to call them, but I’m too excited to be coherent to strangers, I think. So, I’ve called you first.”

    “You don’t need to bother to call them, I don’t think,” Brad said.

    “Oh? Why? What do you know?”

    “Well, I know that a Lab named Dusty was at the Spring Hill SPCA. And I know that I can make some calls and get you set up to check the dog out and see if it’s your Dusty.”

    “OK, I’m listening.”

    “Somebody’s already taken the Dusty the SPCA there had—”

    Ken groaned.

    “No, wait. I think we can work this out if it’s your Dusty. The guy who took the dog is legally blind and wanted a dog to be trained as a service dog. Labs are good for that and the SPCA said they’d hook the guy up with a dog trainer if he took the Lab they had. They called me for a reference of someone who could do that in their area—and when they told me it was a Lab named Dusty, I hopped all over the opportunity and gave them your name. The blind guy in Spring Hill will be expecting you to come and maybe train the Lab he’s got as a service dog. If it’s your Dusty, I’ll be happy to give the guy a dog that’s already trained to his needs if he’ll trade for Dusty. If it isn’t your Dusty, you can still consider taking the job of training the guy’s dog—he apparently is rich and has accommodations for anyone who will train his dog if they’re willing to stay on the premises. You’d be close enough to the area you’re in to continue searching for Dusty there. What do you think about that?”

    “I think I love you.”

    The line went silent, and Ken felt the shock of what he had said. He had wanted to say that to Brad for some time now, and something had prevented him from doing it. And this had just burbled out. But this isn’t how he’d wanted to say it. He didn’t want Brad to think he’d say this because of what Brad was doing to help him find Dusty rather than being something between him and Brad—no strings, no conditions.

    “God, I’m sorry, Brad. I didn’t mean it like that. It isn’t because of what you’re doing about Dusty.”

    “I’ll take it any way I can get it,” Brad said. And Ken could tell from the sound of his voice that Brad was happy. “And who can do anything but love a man who wants a dog so badly he’ll go through what you have to find him?”

    * * * *

    Ken drove up to the iron gates of an estate in a wooded section of Spring Hill, where houses could barely be glimpsed through the trees from the narrow, winding, oak-lined lane, but where what little could be seen was dripping in money and size.

    He rolled up to a box on a pole arcing out to the side of the section of the drive separating the lane from the eight-foot gates suspended between fieldstone pillars with a six-foot stone fence disappearing into fir trees in both directions. He punched the button, and the gates started opening without a vocal challenge. He had called ahead. The voice at the other end of the phone had been soft, cultured, unmistakably male, with a slight southern accent.

    As he drove up to the Mediterranean-style stucco house with a red-tile roof and made a swing into the parking apron, Ken’s eye was caught by what he saw in a large window to the left of the entrance porch. And his heart fell to his feet. The dog in the window was a Lab, but it was no puppy. It was fully mature and very likely was old. It wasn’t barking. It was standing on something inside, its full chest framed in the window, and it was looking warily at Ken, on guard in case its services were needed, but fully in control, showing no sign of hysteria.

    Ken almost didn’t turn the engine off; he almost just turned the car around in dejection. But he’d called ahead—and the man living here had a different idea why Ken was here than Ken did. There had always been a good chance it wouldn’t be Dusty. And maybe there’d be a job here for a while to give Ken a chance to continue his search.

    The door opened as Ken reached the top step of the fieldstone entry porch. The man who opened the door was perhaps in his late fifties. He was trim and patrician looking. He had been a handsome man once and was distinctive-enough looking still. He was squinting at Ken, though, and leaning a bit toward him, as if he was trying to locate him, even though Ken stood only a couple of steps short of the double front door. Ken remembered that the man he’d come here to see was legally blind. Strange that he opened his own door in a house like this, however, Ken thought.

    “Tim Drayton? Are you Tim Drayton?”

    “No, I’m sorry, my name’s Ken. I’m here about the service dog training. I called ahead.”

    “Oh, yes, sorry, so you did. I had thought you were the man they were sending over for the companion position. I thought he was supposed to come today too. But, please, where are my manners? Please, please come in. Two steps in and five to the left, and we’ll be in the library. Sorry, my life is ruled by counting steps now, I’m afraid. Oh, and my name is Harold Caswell. But then you probably knew that or you wouldn’t have made it here.”

    Ken followed the man into the library, and as he did so, it clicked with him why the name Harold Caswell had been familiar. This was obviously Harold Caswell the mystery novel author. The library’s walls were lined with books and there was a display of Caswell books between bookends on the large mahogany desk that dominated the far end of the room. Two wing chairs were positioned by a fireplace, and Caswell directed Ken to one of these as he lowered his body with a sigh into the other.

    The Lab sat in the leather couch in front of the window that Ken had seen him perched on from the outside. His ears were perked up and he was watching Ken closely, and Ken had no question that the dog would intervene if Ken made the slightest threatening move toward Caswell.

    Ken was confused. This dog was fully trained. And fully mature too.

    “I’m sorry,” Ken said. “I was led to believe you had a Lab that needed to be trained as a service dog. Your Lab here—”

    “Oh, Sadie? Sadie’s here? Come here, girl,” Caswell said as he let his eyes scan the room, trying to focus on his dog.

    The Lab struggled down from the sofa and trotted over to Caswell’s side and pushed its nose into Caswell’s lap. Caswell brought his hands in and scratched behind the Lab’s ears, and the dog sat down primly—and happily—at her master’s side, casting her eyes at Ken with a “didn’t you wish he’d do this for you?” look.

    “Sadie’s my companion dog now. But she’s getting on in years, and I thought it was time to let her retire and just be my dog. So, before I lose her services, I thought . . . well, I got another Lab. He should be along . . . ah, I hear him coming now.”

    Ken heard the woof and was barely able to get half way out of the wing chair when a young Lab bounced into the room and, heading directly for Ken, leaped into his arms with an exuberant bark, and started licking the tears that had instantly appeared on Ken’s cheeks. If there was any question that Dusty had forgotten Ken, they were immediately dispelled, although Ken’s hand instinctively went to the dog’s ear and was rewarded with the feel of a slight notch right where it should be.

    Caswell laughed and gazed at the hazily merged vision of man and dog in front of where he sat, while Sadie sat up on her haunches and gave the unwanted puppy a disgusted stare of censure.

    “It sounds like my new dog likes you. So, considering the referral I was given on your training abilities, I don’t think we really need to spin this interview out,” Caswell said, while Ken was doing his best to bring Dusty under control. “You know the salary and offer of accommodations and board while you are here. If they are satisfactory, I’ll show you the room you can use—it’s really a suite. A mother-in-law’s suite, you could say. But I never was in a position to have a mother-in-law. Just a succession of young men using the suite.”

    As Ken stood and put Dusty down on the floor and tried to keep his balance as the puppy wove in and around his lost friend’s legs, Caswell added, “It’s not too much to hope for that you can do some cooking, I hope. There’s a woman who comes in to fix dinner, but until and unless I can hire a companion, breakfast and lunch . . .”

    * * * *

    Ken felt like such a coward. It was three weeks later, and still he was playing this charade. Caswell still thought he was here just to train Dusty to be Caswell’s replacement service dog, which of course Ken was doing. And, increasingly, it seemed like Caswell thought Ken was falling into the position of being his companion as well. And the longer Ken stayed in the house with Caswell, the clearer it became to him what Caswell really wanted in a companion—and because Caswell was so charming and persuasive, Ken felt himself weakening to him. Perhaps the man’s physical impairment had something to do with it, but Ken just couldn’t bring himself to be honest with the author on what he was there for.

    Almost nightly Ken spilled out his frustration and the feeling of inevitably of spiraling into a long-term position with Caswell—on Caswell’s terms—to Brad, who didn’t either rail at him or pressure him to get on with the arrangement Brad had offered him.

    Throughout it all, Dusty was the ray of sunshine. The puppy reveled in the return of the one he considered his mother—the human who had brought him into the world and protected and nurtured him and who unexpectedly had disappeared from the scene. None of that mattered to Dusty, though, and as happens with dogs, only the joy of the here and now had any effect on him. Dusty was both affectionate and smart, and Ken was having no trouble training him to the duties of a service dog. It wouldn’t be more than a month or two before Dusty was trained and whatever relationship that was building up between Ken and Harold Caswell would come to a crossroad.

    Caswell made little effort to hide his sexual preferences, and it didn’t take Ken long to realize that Caswell’s former companion had been more than just that—he’d been Caswell’s live-in boyfriend and had left almost in the middle of the night in a snit, with no regrets on Caswell’s part except that it abruptly left him without the support staff he needed.

    The Tim Drayton Caswell had expected to interview for the companion position had shown up for an interview eventually, but only weeks later. And by that time Ken realized that Caswell had grown attached to him, and the perfunctory interview with Drayton and sending him away signaled to Ken that Caswell had compared the two young men and was pinning his hopes on Ken now—even after Drayton had made clear that he was comfortable with the arrangement being more than that of a companion. Caswell, after all, was a famous author and was quite presentable still. Ken almost felt he was being too picky himself—too selfish on what he wanted in life—and was not taking his opportunities as he found them.

    But Ken now knew that what he wanted was Brad—Brad and Dusty. And therein was the rub, because the longer he went without being honest with Caswell, the more Dusty became Caswell’s dog—and not just his dog, but his service support as well.

    There came the inevitable evening when Ken knew this all was coming to a head—and he hadn’t the vaguest notion what he was going to do when Caswell asked him to climb the stairs to Caswell’s bedroom.

    Caswell had spent the afternoon on the open back porch, with Sadie by his side, listening to and casting a smile at Ken working in the yard with Dusty. Everything about the afternoon was mellow mixed with the anticipation of something important about to happen.

    As the afternoon shadows lengthened, Caswell asked Ken to come up on the porch—to open a couple of bottles of fine wine—and to sit with him, Sadie at Caswell’s side and Dusty at Ken’s, and to read back the chapter of his latest book that he had dictated to the secretary who transcribed his writing just that morning.

    Near the dinner hour, Ken looked over and noticed that Caswell had nodded off, but as Ken quietly put the book aside and rose to go into the house, Caswell murmured, “Thank you, Ken. You are a true treasure,” and Ken went on into the house. As he passed the dining room table, he saw that the best china and silverware were out and candles and a large bouquet of flowers in the center of the table.

    All of this was screaming at him Caswell’s intent to make this a romantic evening that would end with the two of them in the same bed.

    And Ken had no idea what he would say, how he would react. He only knew that he had been weak up to this point. He went upstairs and rang Brad, wanting counsel and support. But Brad didn’t answer.

    That evening, as the cook brought in the coffee and port and was dismissed for the evening, with Caswell’s soft-voiced thanks, Caswell asked Ken to move to a chair closer to him. Ken steeled himself and moved to beside Caswell, miserable in the knowledge that he was so weak in the presence of Caswell, regretting that Brad hadn’t answered the phone, and taking that as a sign on where Ken would be sleeping that night.

    “I understand now that you didn’t come here for me, Ken—that you came here for Dusty.”

    “Harold—”

    “No, no, it’s OK. I understand. I admire you for searching for Dusty until you found him. I think Dusty is one lucky being. I had hoped . . . but I see how it is, and I don’t want to be an impediment.”

    “You’re no impediment, Harold,” Ken said in a low, husky voice. “You’ve been nothing but kind, and . . .” He couldn’t go on. It shocked him, but he found that he was arguing Caswell’s case for him now. He was only a simple “yes” now from climbing those stairs with Caswell.

    “Nevertheless, I know more today than I knew yesterday.”

    Ken was confused and his confusion showed in his face. Caswell couldn’t clearly see it, but he was holding Ken’s hand now, and he could feel it in the touch.

    “You have a very good friend in St. Louis, Ken. I understand he’s the one who referred you for this job—found Dusty here and referred you so that you could be reunited. He called me and told me much of what you were too polite and kindhearted to tell me. He has made a generous offer to me. He is willing to send me a fully trained service dog if I will release Dusty to you. I have no problem with that, Ken. I only have one condition.”

    “One condition,” Ken thought, snapping into attention, all of his senses focused on that hand that was holding his, the finger stroking the back of his hand. Always conditions, those inevitable condition. But in this case not so dire, and in this case, Ken was much more swayed, conditioned, willing than he had been with Clyde’s and Coach’s “conditions.”

    “Yes?” Ken asked, steeling himself for the proposal—afraid that he’d say yes, and that it would probably change his life forever. Seeing Brad becoming more and more dim in his future, and feeling his betrayal of the one man who had moved him to acknowledge his love and who had done so much to support him.

    “The one thing I need from you is that you will stay here until the substitute dog is sent out from St. Louis and that you put the dog and me through our paces so that I can adjust from Sadie to the new dog.”

    “That’s it, that’s all?” Ken said.

    “Yes.”

    Relief and gratitude flowed into Ken’s body and he wanted to stand and cry out for joy. But he stayed put, because Dusty had sensed the joy in Ken’s body and had hopped up into his lap and was licking at his cheeks—a serious break in training for dining room behavior that Ken totally ignored.

    “But what about your need for a companion? I can’t just walk off and leave you—”

    “Oh, I’ve decided Tim Drayton will be satisfactory after all,” Caswell said. “I called him this morning right after your friend called me—and I said yes to your friend already, by the way—and Drayton will be moving in this weekend. You can keep your room; I have someplace else for Drayton to sleep.”

    Fifteen minutes later, Ken was in his room, still fighting off the affections of Dusty, and dialing to St. Louis. “Brad? Brad, is that you? Send that new dog for Caswell as soon as you can, please. Dusty and I want to come home.”

    – Fini –

  • Being Neighbourly

    “Is this okay?” His deep voice whispered in my ear. His cock pulsed once, in reflex to moving slightly after his load exploded deep inside me. My fingers were still buried in his back, clawing into him and not wanting to let go after that orgasm. His blue-green eyes looked into mine and we both stopped moving and breathing for just a second.

    “It’s perfect.” I said quietly back, his smile slowly spreading across his face before he leaned over to kiss me.

    Why didn’t we do this sooner? Was all I thought as I felt his cock swelling inside me again already.

    I had the entire week off for vacation, enjoying the summer with my two youngsters who were only 5 and 3 at the time. I was browning up, tanning in the backyard and showing off my muscled 34 year old physique as I played with the kids. Like normal, I was feeling frisky, having had next to no sex in a while. My wife was always too tired, and I was beginning to think she was simply not interested in me. Mind you, I was simply not interested in her. Problem was, I was more interested in men at this point.

    I had hit a dry spell, dumping the hot headed blonde hunk who had used me for rather rough sex, and then ending a torrid affair with a partnered gay guy who wanted me to leave my wife. So here I was, using my right hand for satisfaction lately. I was back fighting that feeling, trying not to suck the first cock I stumbled upon, or bend over for the next hot guy that winked at me. I was trying once again to be a good dad. And a good husband.

    We had been living in our house now for almost four years with the same neighbours, the same boring routine of work, with the kids adding a sprinkle of fun and laughter and joy. When my daughter came along, I was good for a while, realizing how much I was affecting my home life with my affair with Bill.

    I had met Bill and his partner Ken through a phone sex line, around the same time I had a rather sexually charged encounter with a neighbour down the road. Bill had taken a shine to me, and I to him. When sex with Ian got rough and unsatisfying for me, I started to sneak around with Bill. It got hot – too hot. We managed to keep it a secret for a while. Until he suggested he was in love with me and wanted me to run off with him. I panicked. I wasn’t ready for it just yet, and knowing I was falling for him just as much scared me into a corner. I wasn’t ready. I couldn’t do it to my kids. Instead I swallowed it all down, promised to be good, and stopped seeing Bill, and any other guy completely.

    I was still wrestling with my feelings, my sexuality, and my life and as my kids grew, I knew where my priorities were.

    “Looking good there neighbour!” I heard the deep voice and the laughter as a big hand waved at me. My son immediately went to the end of our property and started talking to the tall man at the end of the driveway washing his car across from us.

    Doug. The straightest man I knew it seemed. He had lived across from us the entire time, casually waving at us, and striking up conversations all the time over the last few years. He was tall, had to be about 6’4 with dark thick hair that looked so good on him, greying at the temples in spots. I figured he was a bit older than me, probably 40 at least. He kept himself in great shape, and had that lean, runner’s build with a big chest and nice sized arms. And an ass to drool over.

    Yet not once did I get any vibes. Not once when we were talking neighbour-to-neighbour did I ever get a sense that he was into guys. Me? I noticed everything about him – his big feet, his large hands, his hairy chest, his similar looking blue-green eyes, and his smile that reminded me of a movie star that I just couldn’t quite put my finger on. He was good looking, no question about it, and sexy as hell.

    But straight.

    At least, so I thought.

    “You are working out way too hard there neighbour.” Doug said pausing his car washing glare at me. It was the first time he commented on my body. Although, this may also have been the first time I was only in a pair of shorts and conversing with him. He was dressed similarly, in just shorts, his smooth back and round ass on display for me. If only, I thought, those feelings rising to the surface once again.

    He was just my type – married, tall, in great shape, and good natured. He was always happy, always waving, and always ignoring any signals I may have given.

    “Yeah, well I’m no runner.” I said, picturing the last time I saw him running by, without a shirt, the sweat plastering the hairs on his chest flat to amplify the boulder like pecs he had. I remembered looking at the dark line of sweat that ran down his cotton shorts, over his curved ass. I had actually licked my lips at the thought of hanging on to his butt.

    He turned the hose towards me and gave me a little squirt, making Josh squeal in delight and run around in a circle as my three year-old gave him her flirty smile. Just like her dad.

    “Where is everyone?” I asked innocently, putting my hands on my hips.

    He shrugged his shoulders and gave me a scrunched look. “Out.” Doug pointed the hose at Josh in mock attack, making him screech and run away towards his sister. “If you get a break you should come over for a beer to cool off! Allie home?”

    I turned back to my house. Allie was currently cleaning the house, which is why we were all outside. I looked back at Doug, mistaking his invitation as a hint towards Allie. “Yeah, she’s inside cleaning.”

    “Then come on over later and we can hang out in the backyard. Everyone’s gone tonight. Bring your suit and we can drink in the hot tub.”

    I stared down at his feet, long and nice looking. They had to be a good size 12 or 13. Next to my size 9s, they looked mighty fine. I let my eyes roam up his hairy legs, noticing the definition and muscle as he stood there. He had one hand on his hip, and his ass looked even better the more I stared at it. But I knew he was such a straight guy that nothing would ever happen. He had never invited me over – just me. We had been in his backyard as couples a few times, but nothing more. So I’m not sure why I said yes.

    As neighbours, we had hung out on the street, or casually wandered over to their backyard, or him and his wife and kids had wandered over to ours. They were great people, and our street was becoming that sort of community where everyone was friendly. Doug was the only guy that was remotely attractive. In truth, he was hot. But I never thought in a million years he had any desire for another man. Mind you that’s what I thought about Ian, and that man fucked me into the mattress like he was gay.

    I heard my daughter’s laughter pierce through the air and I turned to see Josh chasing her around our front yard. “I better go.” I said, giving him a look that said what are you going to do?

    He nodded, and held his stare a bit longer than normal. “Come over anytime after the kids are in bed. I’ll be in the back hanging out. Just come around.”

    I noticed his lingering look and nodded back, giving him a quick smile. “Sure thing.”

    “Thanks Brian.” He simply said and then turned back to his car to start washing it again as I moved away, giving a quick look over my shoulder to see his rippling muscular back in the sunlight. And that bubbled ass for all the world to notice wasn’t too hard to look at either.

    I turned away when I felt my cock hardening, trying to keep myself at bay as I rounded up the kids and headed for our backyard. Living on the corner lot we had a large lawn. And just as I was about to disappear I glanced back over across the street to see my neighbour Doug, holding his hose straight out over his car, looking back at me.

    Huh, I thought as I disappeared behind our fence.

    I didn’t give it another thought until I started across the street around 8pm, with a six pack of beer and my bathing suit on with a tank top, and a sweater and a towel flung over my shoulder. I gave myself a little chuckle as I imagined Doug coming on to me. We’ve been living across the street for four years now, and the thought of him coming on to me was almost absurd. But still, he was a hot guy…and I wondered if I would be the one to come on to him.

    I pushed open the gate that was left unlocked and could hear music playing around the back of his house. I gave a little hello and his deep voice loudly answered to come on around.

    Doug was just getting up from his chair at the outdoor dining table, a bottle of red wine and two glasses sitting on the table. He had on a pair of board short style swimshorts and an old Corona white tee shirt. I held up the beer as he pointed to the wine.

    “I felt like wine tonight.” He smirked at me. “You want some?”

    I nodded, relieved that I didn’t have to drink beer. Wasn’t my favourite, and I was convinced I was allergic to something in it. But to be manly, I could never refuse one if offered. Much like dick.

    “Would love some. You can save this for another night.” I slid the beer on the table as Doug poured a glass for me. He seemed quieter than a few hours ago, and his smile wasn’t as wide as it was earlier. His backyard was filling in nicely, having planted a slew of trees around his professionally landscaped property. The hot tub was off to the side of the house, and half of the yard was covered in a stamped concrete area for lounges and his large umbrellaed table and chairs set. Doug was barefoot, and sat across from me as he held up his glass.

    “To a quiet night. Just us guys.” He said before taking a drink. The wine was strong, flavourful. Tasted expensive.

    We settled into casual conversation, talking about work, our families, and the neighbourhood when he finally announced that we should go into the hot tub to relax. I watched him peel off his shirt, revealing that sexy hairy chest of his, his big pecs bouncing as he walked. His abs were flat, his body lean. Jogging was paying off for him as it slimmed down his waist, enhanced his ass, defined his legs and just made him look fucking amazing. I caught myself staring as I watched him move to uncover the hot tub.

    I jumped up when I realized I was practically drooling over him, and pulled my tee off and went to the corner of the house and waited. I had worn my bathing suit, and was now regretting it as I struggled to calm my growing dick. He returned with the bottle and our glasses and winked at me. “Get in. I’ve got these.”

    I put a toe in and felt the heat hit me. It was hot and I needed a bit of time to get in. At least it calmed my bulge down. I stepped to the side when I was waist deep and watched Doug’s big body step over the side, his nicely shaped feet disappearing beneath the water. I was face to face with his light brown nipples underneath his chest hair, his hands holding the bottle and the glasses. He leaned behind me to set them down, giving me a little look and pausing for a moment. I almost turned to the side and kissed him he was that close.

    “You alright?” he said with a grin.

    I nodded. “Yeah. Just hot.”

    “Well I can’t argue with that.” He winked again, his sly grin creeping over half his face as he moved backwards, keeping an eye on me as he sat down, holding his glass above the water line. I watched his broad shoulders spread as the water rose above his pecs and dance around his neck. He set the glass down and hit a button and the water bubbled to life.

    I sat gingerly down ignoring the sting of the hot water and let myself sink to the seat across from him. When our feet hit accidentally, we both jerked them back quickly, giving a little “sorry” each and settled into casual conversation once again.

    Until he poured another glass ten minutes in and things shifted.

    “So Anna and I had a fight.” Doug said simply. His blue-green eyes looked over at me as he took a swig from his glass. He was looking at me strangely, almost studying me as he spoke over the bubbles in a carefree manner. “She’s gone to her mother’s, with the kids for an overnight. To cool down.” He rolled his eyes and gave me a look. “Whatever.” He downed the rest of his wine and reached over to grab the bottle behind me. As he came out of the water, I noticed the way his chest looked, the small hairs flattened around his pecs, his flat stomach looking like a washboard rack as he leaned forward. And the water pasted his suit to his body, showing off an impressive package between his meaty thighs. He stood straight up and poured more and raised an eyebrow with the bottle in hand. I nodded, and he stood there, staring down at me, dripping wet, looking like a birthday gift for me all wet and muscly as he filled up my glass.

    “I’m sorry to hear that. I’m sure she’ll calm down.”

    Doug scrunched his shoulders. “I don’t care. I needed the break honestly.”

    He lowered himself back into the water and when our legs touched lightly he didn’t pull away. Neither did I.

    Doug looked at me for a moment and slowly took a drink. I locked eyes with him and saw him raise one side of his mouth a bit before he moved his arms out sideways over the sides of the hot tub. I flashed to a memory of Joe sitting across from me in a tub like this once, over ten years ago. Doug wasn’t as muscled or as big as Joe. But there was something about the way he was sitting, and the way he was looking at me that made my insides flip.

    “You okay?” His deep voice seemed to float across the bubbles as he asked me that question. I found myself nodding in response, and felt a bit of pressure against my leg as he pushed his on me.

    “Are YOU okay?” I said, copying his form and resting my arms outward.

    He stared at me for a moment, and then leaned forward, almost conspiratorially, letting one hand sink under the water. “I’m better than okay. I actually feel kind of free tonight.” He tilted his head sideways and raised an eyebrow and took another swig.

    “Oh?” I couldn’t help but lean in a bit too, letting one hand drop between my legs under the water as my other hand held my glass up.

    His legs moved, opening up around mine under the water. I could see his thick thighs under the bubbling water, both his knees surrounding mine. I sat up a bit, and my legs opened up, touching both his knees.

    He didn’t move them. Instead, he seemed to keep them still, trapping me between him as I sat across from him.

    “You ever let yourself go Bri?” He asked, his face looking seriously at me. He was so handsome, sort of like a hotter Matt Damon, his hair wet from the steam, sort of messy now, looking even sexier as he sat there. “Like, just gave in to what you really wanted?”

    I actually chuckled and put my glass onto the holder. “All the time it seemed. I can’t seem to fight that feeling I get. But I’m trying to behave.” Must have been the lack of me getting what I really wanted lately, and the wine pulling the words from me. But it seemed like he was listening. Intently.

    Doug raised an eyebrow and leaned back again, stretching out both legs on either side of me. I could see his big feet under the water, a good size, just a few inches away from where I was sitting. I looked back up to see him looking at me smiling. His hand was still under the water, near his crotch. I couldn’t tell what he was doing, but he was smiling all the same.

    We sat like that for a few minutes, letting that sentence hover, neither one of us saying anything, when he suddenly sat up and set his glass beside mine. Again, he stood up and the water just cascaded down his beautiful body. This time he turned around, and his rounded runner’s ass was close to my face, his suit stuck to it, accentuating the curves of his backside, making it look like it was carved out of granite.

    He leaned over the hottub again and grabbed the bottle, emptying it into our glasses and then sat back down, this time beside me rather than across from me. Rather close. He reached his right arm back over the tub so it went back behind my head and he turned to look at me with a goofy grin.

    “So when you let yourself go….” He took a swig of wine and then leaned back a bit, letting his head rest on the edge of the hot tub. I felt his knee move over to find my leg and he sort of pressed against it. I was mesmerized by him suddenly, feeling this leg testing me underneath the water as his eyes peered forward. “…what does that look like?”

    I cleared my throat and sat up a bit, feeling my cock hardening beside my straight neighbour. The wine was already getting to me, plus the fact I hadn’t had sex with anyone for a couple weeks.

    “Not sure what you mean there Doug.” I said with a half laugh.

    Doug’s head rolled to the side to look at me and he gave me that winning smile. Fuck he was a handsome man, I thought as I looked into his glassy eyes.

    “Well…” He leaned towards me a bit and I felt his hand on my shoulder behind me. “…I’ve seen a couple of guys dropping by when your wife is away and wondered if that had anything to do with you getting what you really wanted?”

    I froze for a moment, not sure if this was bait or what. But then his hand squeezed my shoulder ever so softly and his smile softened.

    “Cause I know what I really want tonight.” He said it quietly, well, as quietly as he could over the bubbling hot water. I was still staring, my heart racing at the thought of my neighbour noticing Bill or Ian coming by. I hadn’t moved, but noticed his hand left my shoulder and slid behind me, then under the water beside me to take my hand in his. I felt it lifting under the water as he guided it sideways, to his leg. And then to his crotch. And the hard erection in his bathing suit. “So you don’t have to behave tonight.”

    I clutched at it, still staring at him. His eyes were on mine, his lips slightly parted. I felt the length of his shaft firmly in my grasp, and I squeezed slightly to make sure I was feeling what I was feeling. I heard a small intake of air as I did, and Doug’s eyes squinted a little bit as his blue-green eyes stayed locked on mine.

    “This stays between us.” He said, barely audible over the water. As if in a trance, I watched his head moving towards me, his lips parting more, and the feeling of his wet lips meeting mine in a gentle kiss at first, followed by a louder kiss, before I felt his tongue enter my mouth and his hand on the back of my head pulling me into him.

    The heat from the water, the glasses of wine, and the way he kissed me made me swoon. Literally. I closed my eyes instinctively as we started to kiss harder, our mouths seeming to find the right angle as if we were expecting it. I felt my body lift, my heart thumped loudly in my chest as his hand gripped my neck tighter. Our tongues danced, flicking in and out as our lips smacked together, increasing the intensity of the kiss as I clung to his hard cock under the water.

    He sat up a bit, and I moved with him, letting my hand release his thick rod momentarily as I slid my hand down his swimsuit and found his cut cock longing to be held. He was thick, about my size, a good fistful. His cock throbbed in my hand, pulsing like mad. His hips moved with my hand, enjoying the sensation. He reacted in the kiss, breathing in through his nose and kissing me more intensely. When he moaned, I did too.

    “Oh my God.” He breathed out as I pulled at his shorts under the water. Doug lifted his ass up and let his suit be pulled down by my hand. I could see it under the water, straight, hard, looking like a nice piece of meat. And then he stood up, letting his dick stick straight out as the water cascaded down his hard body.

    I shifted in my seat, and grabbed his waist, turning him towards me as I moved my lips to that perfect looking cock. His cock was hot from the water, matching the temperature in my mouth. He looked down at me, taking his dick deep, letting out another moan as he watched me expertly suck him back. His hand moved again to my head, and held me there, letting me suck him until he pulled me off, and then up to kiss him again.

    Our bodies came together, wet, steamy, my bathing suit trapping my own hard cock. I felt his on my stomach, still hard and pulsing as he held me by the arms and kissed me hungrily.

    Then he pushed me off him, holding me at arms length, staring at me. “Are you okay?” His mouth was hanging open, his cock still hard and pointing at me, his fingers digging into my biceps as he stared into my eyes.

    I nodded. “Yeah. I am.”

    I heard him breathing, almost panting. He licked his lips, as if contemplating what to do next. “I’ve thought about this for a long time.” His eyes roamed up and down my body, his eyes lingering a bit longer at my bulge. I imagined my bathing suit outlining my hard dick and wondered if he liked what he was seeing.

    And then he came me again, his lips smacking against mine in another frenzied kiss. He knew how to kiss, and man was I feeling it. After Bill, this was what I was missing. Big time.

    “Can we go inside?” I heard him say suddenly. I opened my eyes to see him standing so close to me, almost shivering as the night air hit us. “I want this to be just right.” He said and kissed my forehead. He let go of me without waiting for an answer and grabbed a towel. I watched his naked body step out of the tub, pausing to reach back into the hot tub to retrieve his discarded bathing suit. He flicked the towel open and wiped his face, his eyes coming back to me as he watched me climb out and grab the towel I brought. We stood there gazing at each other as we dried off. Doug wrapped the towel around his waist, his cock still hard as a steel pole and practically protruding underneath the towel as he stepped up to me again and took my head in both hands.

    I wrapped my towel around my suit in time as he did, and grabbed both his wrists as he held me. He had thick wrists, and his thumbs were planted on the sides of my face.

    “I can’t believe this is going to happen.” He whispered, his nose resting on my forehead. We stayed like that for a few seconds until he kissed the top of my head and then took me by the hand and led me inside.

    He didn’t stop until we were upstairs, and in front of his bed. He stopped walking suddenly, and turned to me, still holding my hand, and sat on the end of his bed and pulled me into him, wrapping his arms around my waist and putting his head into my chest. He squeezed me tight and then looked up at me.

    “Are you sure about this?” He asked me again.

    I nodded, letting my hands move through his thick wet hair. His eyes stayed on mine as he moved his hands back around and released my towel. And then his eyes moved down, watching his own hands move up my legs to the drawstring of my soaking wet bathing suit. Slowly, he undid it, and loosened it, pulling it lower, until my hard dick flicked upward in relief.

    “Holy fuck.” He moaned, seeing my thick 8 inches appear. I was shaved smooth, making it look even bigger. His big hand moved up my leg as I stepped out of my suit and took it in his grip, squeezing it hard, pulling at it in amazement. “What a big cock you have neighbour.” He growled and opened up his mouth.

    I actually let my head turn upward to his ceiling as his hot breath encompassed my tool. My hands moved to his big shoulders, feeling the muscles underneath my fingertips as he started to blow me. He knew what he was doing. This was not the first time he had a cock in his mouth.

    “Oh fuuuuucccckkkk….” I moaned out, leaning on him as he started. The sensation of his wet warm mouth overtook me, and I felt my legs shaking as he sucked me back. His mouth didn’t stop, moving up and down, and then under, making sure my nuts got some attention. And then his long tongue was out, teasing my balls, and searching underneath until I was turning around, and bending over as he found access to my smooth ass. Two big hands gripped my cheeks as his tongue probed into my crack, kissing and licking its way to my hole. He was pulling me into his face, making sure he was rimming my ass properly as he held me firm. One thing was for sure: Doug had done this before.

    “Can I make love to you?” I heard him ask between lip smacking kisses in my ass. From any other guy, in any other moment, I would have probably laughed out loud at the thought of being asked to be made love to. But here, with this so-called straight neighbour of mine that I had lusted over for the last few years, there was no laughter.

    “Fuck, yes please!” I moaned, reaching around to grab the back of his head and push my ass into his face even more. He moaned in my ass, breathing into it, licking it, kissing it and then smacking my bubbled butt with both hands before he stood up. He walked around to the side of the bed, a look of passion on his face as he stared at me, begging me to join him. I moved to the other side fast, climbing onto his bed and finding his big hard body in an instant.

    We were locked in an embrace quickly, legs moving together, hands grabbing at each other as our lips came together again. The feeling of his body against mine sent electric shocks through me, turning me on even more. I wanted to melt into him, become one with his body in that moment as he kissed me deeply. He rolled me over, onto my back and let his mouth move away from mine. I felt his tongue lick its way down my neck, over my left pec to my nipple where he lightly bit it, before moving south again. He let his hands follow down my body, enjoying every ripple and bump of my muscles as his mouth kissed its way past my midsection, over my thighs, down my shin to my foot.

    I raised my head to watch him go lower. His tongue came out again down the front of my foot as his hands moved together to grab hold of the bottom of my right foot. He raised it to his face, letting his tongue dart out again to the sole of my foot and I resisted pulling away. He moaned, looking over at me with those hot eyes and a wild grin.

    “Mmmmm. Such soft feet.” He smiled at me wider and licked the bottom up to my toes and then covered most of them in his mouth, letting his tongue dance in between my toes. I felt my head fall back as he played with it, holding my foot in place before he kissed his way back up my leg.

    When he moved back up he spread my legs wide, moving his shoulders under me so that my ass lifted off the bed and his mouth was again at my hole. He lifted me up further, and spit at my ass, tonguing me, probing, making sure I was ready. I held my own legs back, rocking backwards as he continued to enjoy my hole. I felt relaxed and free, as if we should have been doing this a long time ago.

    Without a word, Doug moved forward, keeping my legs open, resting on his biceps as his face moved up to mine. I felt his cock poking at my slick hole, Doug’s eyes at mine, searching, as his hips moved. And when his cock head found the heated entrance, he stopped moving, and brushed my lips with his.

    “Are you ready for this?” He whispered softly.

    I only nodded slightly, licking his bottom lip before biting it gently. I heard him let out a little moan and felt his cock press forward ever so slightly. Pressure hit me as his thick cock tried to push inside my tight little hole.

    He moved so slowly, almost imperceptibly, that it was unbelievable to me how he inserted himself inside me. I only felt a small amount of pressure, never discomfort, never pain. Just a slight pressure as his cock head popped past my ring. I inhaled, and dug my fingers into his shoulder. He paused then, momentarily, and gently kissed my lips.

    “Open up for me.” He said quietly, and moved forward again, ever so slowly. I remembered breathing in as he did, my ass opening up for him easily. Again, no pain whatsoever as he slid into me. Only when I felt his hips pressing against mine did I realize I had taken him all in.

    “Oh my God!” I moaned, moving my hands up to his neck as his forehead pressed down onto mine.

    He held himself like that for a moment, moving into me further to make sure I KNEW I had him deep inside me. His hands moved up my arms, pulling them away from his head and pushing them down onto his bed. Those big hands slid up my arms, found my fingers and grabbed them with his, holding both my hands above my head, outstretched as his cock throbbed in me.

    “You want me to make love to you?” He asked, hovering over my face again. I was pinned beneath him, his big hard body stretched out over me, my legs hanging over his arms wide, my ass now his. His eyes were wide, looking down into my very soul as his nose brushed against mine. I lifted my chin to find his lips, but he was teasing me. Making me beg.

    “Yes. Make love to me Doug.” I panted out.

    Like a slow moving piston, he started, grinding over me, pulling his cock back and forth gently, in a very slow moving motion. I was groaning on the first movement and didn’t stop the entire time he was on me. He fucked me like a lover, like someone who had known me for years. He knew the right speed, knew when to slow down, knew when to give a hard thrust, knew how to make me grunt. And how to moan.

    His mouth moved over me as he made love to me, finding the spots on my body as if someone had told him. That spot on my neck, or on my left side, or how to grab my cock and squeeze as his pumped in me. I closed my eyes and remembered Tom, Frank, Joe, Brian, Bill….and all the others I thought knew how to fuck me. But this…this was amazing!

    “Oh my God YES!” I growled, freeing my hands from his and raking his back. He growled back and arched, shoving his cock into me even deeper, causing me to dig my fingers into him even more. He grinned down at me as if I had turned him on somehow and he started to hump me harder. He wrenched my body sideways slightly, lifting one leg of mine higher and fucked me faster. I was bent in two almost, one leg wrapped around him as he held the other one forward. He leaned into me, his mouth finding mine again and we kissed. Frantically.

    “Can I cum in you?” He moaned, his eyes boring into me as he held my leg by his face.

    “Fuck yes!” I groaned and found my hands on his butt, squeezing that flesh hard. He let go of my leg and I opened up wide for him. He leaned up, putting his hands on my shoulders, forcing me down on the bed, and drilled my ass furiously. He was going to cum. Now.

    My hands slid up a bit as I took it, staring at him, watching him. I wanted it. I wanted him to explode in me. And just looking at him, seeing the look on his hot face, brought me to my own hands-free explosion.

    My mouth opened as I felt it rushing upwards and my eyes widened in sheer pleasure. “Holy….!!!!!” Was all I got out as a wave of cum erupted from me and shot out of my cock as he jackhammered my hole. As soon as he saw the first pouring of my cum, he let out a loud moan and then arched deep, slamming his hips into me hard and began his own eruption. Together we bucked wildly, trying to hold on to each other as our bodies shook violently in orgasms. I held my legs around him, trying to make sure his cock buried every drop in me as my own cum spewed all over the place with each thrust. My fingers were so entrenched in his skin that I was sure I was scratching him, making him bleed.

    And as we both stopped, and our breathing slowed, he lowered himself on me, trying not to let his larger body crush me. He wiggled into me even more, keeping his still pulsing cock inside me. He let his chest touch mine, squishing my load between us. His hot breath was at my neck, his mouth now at my ear.

    “Is this okay?” His deep voice whispered in my ear. His cock pulsed once, in reflex to moving slightly after his load exploded deep inside me. My fingers were still buried in his back, clawing into him and not wanting to let go after that orgasm. His blue-green eyes looked into mine and we both stopped moving and breathing for just a second.

    “It’s perfect.” I said quietly back, his smile slowly spreading across his face before he leaned over to kiss me.

    “I could make love to you every fucking night.” He whispered into my neck, before kissing me gently. I felt his arms slid underneath me, holding me tight against him as my own arms slid up his sweaty back and I hooked my feet around him.

    I felt his body relax on me. There was no weight, just the feeling of this man, my neighbour, who I had been lusting after for so long, holding me tight. And I believed him. That he could make love to me every night. That he WOULD make love to me every night.

    He felt so good I didn’t want to move. Ever.

  • The Book of the Blue House

    Connleth Himself

    You ask me when it will happened, and I am telling you, it has already come, but you had not the eyes to see it.

    Ifandell Modet,The Blue Temple Sermon

    * * *

    Those days of spring were nothing short of holy, when Conn was wrapped in the love of his friends, and though he did not love Matteo any less, the addition of Gabriel worked a strange alchemy on his relationship with Derek, for Derek had always been scholarly, and of the same vein as Gabriel, and they were all ware that Conn was fated to go north and study with Akkrebeth, and so very often their heads were pressed together in study or thrown back in debate. Cal, Matt and Lorne often shook their heads and Quinton said, “I feel like Conn has made you all worse, for there was a time when Gabriel was quieter, and when Derek would never dare to disagree with him.”

    “Well, I am not afraid to disagree with anyone,” Conn said.

    “And your lack of fear has made our goose with his pretty black lashes less afraid too,” he said, rubbing Derek’s shoulder and laughing.

    “I declare,” Matteo said, “It is as if the three of you, bronze haired Royan, black haired Doman, and red headed whatever he is, share the same brain!”

    The heads pressed together in study, were the same heads pressed together in slumber. Cal kept Derek’s old room now, and very often, in his old large bed, Derek, Conn and Gabriel lay asleep in each other’s arms. The only time this differed is when Cal came to join them. How varied and wonderful love could be if the heart was ready for it, how sad it would be to be parted from those whom he loved. And Nialla was pregnant now. Jon thought it would be a boy. For a month after the wedding, perhaps Jon had thought he would be a model husband. A married man, it seemed no longer fitting to be a temple dependent and he and Nialla had taken a garret apartment owned by Sara and Theo’s uncle, an old Marnen who had ceased shepherding and traveling, and turned to sedentary trade. Jon and Nialla always came to lunch as they had before, and one afternoon Nialla and Sara decided to keep company with Gabriel and Cal for the afternoon and Jon, looking desperate had asked, “Conn, may I see you.”

    Conn, with a dizzying feeling in his head and in his loins nodded, and in the room where he had first come to Gabriel, Jon had gone down on him. He fucked him under the window. It took all of ten minutes.

    “I guess we’re on again,” Conn said, trying to sound like a grown up.”

    “I don’t think we’ll ever be over,” Jon said, using a cloth to wipe Conn’s semen from him. “Not really.”

    So life ceased to be idyllic or simple, and Conn stopped thinking of himself as a good man. He didn’t love Jon, not like you love your beloved, and Jon was his sister’s husband. So he wasn’t a good man, or at least, Conn thought, he hadn’t become a good man yet. And part of him was fine with this. Connleth was thinking these things when he entered the sanctuary and saw, sitting in the middle of the floor, robed and hooded in black, the form he knew could only be Ash Errison, Akkrebeth.

    It was like that first time, where Connleth did not want to to interrupt the master, and though he was now a priest, and every day felt himself a priest, he was sure another mystery was happening here and he needed to keep silent for it.

    Akkrebeth rose from his meditation, and in his black robes crossed the long hall, his robes moving over the old flagstones. He came to the sitting image of Adaon and placed his hands on the knees of the God. Kneeling, he touched the base of the altar where incense and candles were burnt before him, and his hands reached into a something Connleth could not see, and then he brought from it, a great sword. Connleth had never had much causse to see a sword up close, and what he saw of the hilt was silverly like highly polished metal, and its edges were touched in gold. Connleth marveled that the sword itself was black until he realized this was the scabbard, and the wizard took it to himself, turning it around and saying, “Connleth, I am glad you are here.”

    “It is time for me to go.”

    But the wizard looked at him. He cocked his head and said, “You would be sad to go, of course.”

    “Yes,” Conn said. “But you told me you would come back for a year, and it has been a year. More than a year.”

    “Your heart is sad,” Ohean said, “but not completely.”

    When Conn looked at him, Ohean said, “You still believe in innocence, and you have not yet learned the first lesson of nature, that all dragons teach and all wizards live. You live it as well, for once all Blue Priests were mages, back in the sunken lands, long ago.”

    Tough Conn would gladly gainsay Derek or Gabriel, he knew better than to try this with Ohean, and the sorcerer patted the ground that Conn might sit down beside him.

    “How old were you when you came to this place?”

    “Seventeen.”

    “I thought as much. And now you are… nineteen?”

    Conn nodded.

    “When you came here you were all innocence, or what you thought was innocence. You were good and pure, or what you thought was goodness and purity. But you were nothing, because you were unfinished. You knew nothing, had done nothing, and now you have done so much, known so much, known so many men.”

    When Ohean said it, despite his training, despire his usual happiness, Conn felt himself going red, and Ohean said, “If you were to go back home, back to that little village from whence you came, you would be stoned. You would be a horror to your family. It is the thing you and Derek Annakar have in common.

    “The other thing is that you both believe in innocence, both believe in being tatnished. Somewhere in you, you know that something has…. Tarnished you. Made you less pure, less simple. And you think that if you come with me and learn wizardry you will put behind you the confusion of the Blue House. There is a part of you that longs for that. Or am I wrong?”

    Conn was startled by Ohean’s words. Every sentence that he spoke was as if Ohean new him more and more, new him truly and spoke his own thoughts.

    “But you have mistaken innocence for ignorance and dis ease with your nature for being tarnished. You don’t understand you must go on being what you are being to become what you are.”

    While Conn was still working this out Ohean held the length of the sword, black and black on black, a hilt that came to an end with a crossed circle and blue winking jewel at the heart of the cross.

    “This is Reaver the Sword of Night,” Ohean said, “and I have come for it and not for you. I will need it in the days to come, and I will need you. But it is best that you remain here.

    “I speak with your Abbot and… I see. You are not solitary now as you once were. You are part of a thing. You are part of a three headed flower. If I were to take you I would destroy the rose. If you had not come Derek and Gabriel would not be as they are, as they will be. When you come as a mage, they will come with you.”

    “They are… They are Domans.”

    “Did you think only Royan blood held power? And, at any road, it is this ancient land, this place once called Ancharan that puts magic in the blood of those willing, and I doubt very much that they are pure Doman. They are part of you, and even that had changed them. They will come with you and you will all come as mages.”

    Ohean stood up, “But I will not come for you now. I had a little work to do, and I have seen such things in the fire and in the water, that I know wars are not over. I have one more journey to make and when next I come, I would that you all were ready? Can you promise this?”

    And Conn said, “Aye, Lord.”

    All the last year he had feared and hoped for the return of Ohean and now there was only a joyous hope. Part of him had wondered if what he was forming with Gabriel and Derek and with Matteo as well, could remain strong, and now he knew they would not be parted. That thing in him that whispered that what one loved was bound to be damaged was now silenced. As he walked up the steps of the Temple toward the second floor and now to the third, the guilt, the shame, the uncertainty in him died. Jon and his desire was not a cause of dizzying worry. He was not weak or wounded or lessened. He was strong and becoming stronger, and Ohean had not told him that it was in his power to look into water and flame, to see the paths of men in the paths of the birds, because Ohean did not waste words and he knew that deep down Connleth knew these things, knew his power.

    He was contemplating this when he looked up and was nearly startled by Gabriel and Matt and Derek looking down the stairs at him, trying to push the worry from their faces.

    They know. They know Akkrebeth is here and expect him to take me.

    They were trying bravely to smile, except Matt could not and he looked more like a sullen wolf than ever.

    And then Conn burst out laughing, and while Gabriel and Derek’s smiles changed to something real, but still confused, Matt frowned in irritation.

    “What did Akkrebeth say?” Matteo demanded.

    Conn ran up the last of the steps and took them all in his embrace, and all was well. Everything was well.

    “Brothers,” he said, kissing Matt and stroking Gabriel’s hair, Derek’s neck, “Oh my lovely, lovely hearts. My very brothers!”


    Our time in the Blue House is ended though, amongst others, we will meet Conn, Derek and the others again. We will return to Westrial and the city of Kingsboro in The Book of the Blessed.

  • My Step Bro’s Literal Crotch Snake

    Episode III: The Step Twins’ Sex Dungeon

    Five days after being captured, Hazy slept fitfully in a dog kennel with only a long t-shirt on and a butt plug tormenting his prostate that had not gotten a release since his romp with Dusty on the lawn. Just remembering the muscle god’s cock inside him made him shudder and moan and then wake up panting, biting his lip to keep from having a wet dream. He had firm orders never to cum. 

    Day in and out, the step twins only fed him aphrodisiacs (such as strawberries, chili peppers, and watermelon) and prune juice (so his poo wouldn’t send him over the edge as it exited his love tunnel). 

    They and their friends drove him wild every chance they got. They were experts at bringing him within inches of release with their mouths, tongues, feathers, hands, feet, genitals, fingers, and toys while he remained bound and unable to finish himself off. They, on the other hand, broke their own rules and had multiple orgasms right in front of him, then whipped each other as punishment while he watched in agony. All of his body felt hot, sensitive, and unbearably tense as it begged to cum and was repeatedly denied. They watched him shower and use the toilet, whip and paddle in hand, as he squirmed under the delicate stream against his starving erogenous zones.

    “Vaaaan,” he gasped, leaning against the wall of the shower by one arm, trying to stave off the inevitable. The water ran down his smooth torso over his twitching asshole and rock-hard cock head. “Ahh….I can’t…” He moaned, involuntarily tightening his buttocks and bending his legs. “Oh no…ahh…Van!” He squeaked in a high pitched voice. Emma, nude with a fully hard prick, reached in and shut off the water, stabilizing Hazy with a firm grasp of his shoulder. He took deep breaths. Chilly air shocked him as it was fanned onto his wet body until his erection subsided, still dripping a glob of pre-cum all the way to the floor. “Oh my God! That was so close!” He turned the shower back on.

    “Hang in there, Hazy. You’re my everything!” I called out to him. He couldn’t hear me. My psychic ability only worked for remote viewing, not telepathy.

    “Are you doing your psychic thing again?” asked Dusty, leaning back on the couch shirtless and wearing only a jock strap over his package that he kept rubbing as he watched TV.

    “Yeah. My step bro can’t take much more of their torture. They’re edging him beyond his limit.” 

    “That’s…that’s terrible,” he said. Over the past few days of living with Dusty, I could tell he was more than a little excited by the idea himself. His absentminded rubbing was now focused stroking on the tip of his hardening pole.

    We’d been at the gym every day bulking up for our rescue mission and finding the right weapons and gadgets to use to infiltrate the twins’ dungeons. Hazy’s crotch snake turned out to be a skilled pimp and was whoring out Chu-chu’s hungry ass to make money for his ransom while my crotch monkey did cam shows. They still hadn’t made anywhere close to the million dollars that we needed by tomorrow.

    “I don’t know what we’ll do,” I cried. “We aren’t going to get the money on time.”

    “Come here,” Dusty said. He held out his arms to hold me, and I jumped in his lap, rubbing my bare asshole against the hardness in his jock strap. He patted my back. “I have a backup plan if things don’t work out. Just trust me, okay. We’ll get Hazy back tomorrow.”

    “Okay, I trust you.” I kissed him, feeling up his bulging, defined chest. I gently pinched his nipples and humped against his cockhead that twitched and flexed in response. We made out there on the couch, gradually increasing the speed and pressure of our grinding. He brought around a finger to play with my hole, and I playfully swatted it away, instead tightening my ass around his head through the damp jock strap as our tongues embraced.

    After a while, he broke away panting and rubbing my bare chest. I got off him and took off the wet strap, and he signed in relief as his cock flopped out. I grabbed it and immediately began assaulting it with my mouth, running the tip of my tongue over the unsheathed, sensitive head where my ass had just been, making him groan out loud and hold my head in his hands. I took his entire length in my mouth. Judging by his cracking voice, it wouldn’t take long at all. I went from his dripping head to throbbing base slowly as a tease, then faster and rougher. I gently fondled his balls in one hand and his nipple in the other as he ran his firm palms all over my head, neck, and shoulders. 

    “Ahhhh….” he called out, urgently. His balls contracted under my fingers. “I’m close!” he yelled. I took him all the way to the base, jabbing my tongue into the spot where his shaft met his scrotum, making him belt out a series of loud pants as he fucked my mouth and sent out three shots of his milk into my throat. I held him in my mouth until the contractions stopped and he sank back in his seat.

    “Oh my God, Van!” he exclaimed, trying to catch his breath. He pulled me back up to him, and laid face-to-face on the couch kissing while he quickly brought me over the edge with a handjob, making me shoot all over him. He picked up gobs of it and shoved it all into my slutty mouth to mix with his own load inside me. We turned off the TV and went up to his bed where we fell asleep spooning.

    We woke up the next morning with our cocks both rock-hard and pressed against each other, and Chu-chu, the perverted gym rat, was spying on us and dealing with a hardness of his own from the sight. He turned to us, cigar in mouth, and said, “I got your money, lovebirds.” Beside him was a suitcase with a million dollars inside.

    “Wow,” I said, “how did you get it so fast?”

    He shrugged. “It fell off the back of a truck.” I noticed a blood stain near the handle of the case. “Gonna give ol’ Chu-chu some sugar now?” He put out his cigar on the floor and climbed into bed with his giant furry dick pointing upward, shoving his horny body in between our frotting cocks. with a groan. His needy mouth swallowed my cock and his greedy ass swallowed Dusty’s. It wasn’t long until the two of us jizzed into his cum slut of a gym rat. Chu-chu himself laid on his back and had a hands-free orgasm, shooting a load up and into his own mouth with expert aim.

    With money and hand, Dusty and I decided it was time to go rescue Hazy. We got dressed and went outside to the property line between his yard and his neighbors’. We looked at each other in the in the clear summer morning light, nodded, held hands, and jumped across together. Still holding hands, I knocked on their back door. No response. 

    We looked at each other and I knocked again. “Is anyone there?” I called.

    “Coming!” shouted Mark’s voice from inside. We giggled because he said ‘coming.’ A small hatch opened near the top of the door, and only a mouth appeared. “The letter said to deposit it in my bank account.”

    “It’s here in the case. Police will get suspicious if we do that,” said Dusty, opening it up to show him.

    “Step inside then.” The door unlocked, and we could hear Mark walking away from it. Dusty opened it and it creaked open to a small hallway lined with pictures cut out from porn magazines and National Geographic. We saw a photo of hippos fucking with jizz stains on it.

    Suddenly, we heard a loud crash and both fell through the floor, landing on hard concrete. A hidden trapdoor. Mark looked down at us with a smirk, and then it closed, leaving us in near pitch blackness. We fumbled around and found a door that was unlocked with light coming out underneath it and stepped through it into a stone hallway lined with torches. Could this be the path to their sex dungeon?

    “Hazy!” I yelled. No response. We continued walking through the tunnel, listening carefully for any footsteps and voices. I used my psychic power to locate him, and I saw him in the sex dungeon nude on a table, ass in the air, with Emma giving him an enema. I struggled to stay soft in this serious situation as I watched ravenously horny Hazy fight to keep his prostate from losing control. 

    Dusty and I reached a room so large we could not sense the opposite walls or ceiling. The lights came on slowly as we entered–and we were face to face with none other than my sisters, Thuy and Duy. Both had on skintight leather suits and looked confident, hands on hips.

    “What are you doing here?” I yelled. “Where’s Hazy?”

    “Hazy’s being treated right now,” said Thuy. “Unfortunately, you won’t live to see him.” She pulled a pair of stilettos out of her cleavage, and Duy pulled a whip concealed along her back. 

    “Nothing personal,” said Duy as they approached us. “Emma offered us fifty bucks to kill you.”

    Like most Asian guys, we both knew karate. “I know karate,” I said, moving into a defensive stance. Dusty did the same. Duy was the first to charge us, cracking the whip all around. Dusty did a flip over her and tripped her with a sweep of the foot. He took the whip from her and held her down with his foot on her back as she flailed around trying to grab it back as he held it just out of her reach.

    Thuy did a flip in the air and came down on me with both daggers drawn. I dodged to the size and she landed within inches of where my heart just was.  She slashed wildly, and I dodged her strikes with quick ducks and jumps. She tried to trip me just as Dusty as done, and I did a backflip to dodge it. We both stared at each other, panting. I saw my chance and rushed up to her, karate chopping her in the chest. She fell to her knees, defeated, dropping her knives on the stone floor.

    “Take us to your leader,” I commanded.

    “Very well,” said Thuy. Dusty let up Duy but did not give back her whip, keeping it for himself. The two led us across the room but then suddenly bolted away in different directions into the dark.

    “Shit, they’re gone.” The muscle god and me found a door in the dark which my psychic power told me led to Hazy. But it was locked. We started trying to pick the lock, but then we were attacked once again.

    “You thought us defeated?” yelled Thuy, holding a much larger pair of shortswords.

    “Think again!” yelled Duy. “I hoped I wouldn’t have to do this.” She injected her bicep with a syringe and gasped in pain, doubling over. “Pure testosterone!” she groaned. The results were almost instantaneous. Her muscles grew to enormous sizes, ripping out of her leather suit and hair grew all over them as she screamed and transformed into a body building gorilla. She tore the door off the wall we had been trying to open and shredded it in two, preparing to throw the pieces at us. Thuy also took the moment to run at us, swords drawn.

    Suddenly a loud shot rang out, and Thuy’s head exploded. Her swords dropped to the ground with clanks. Three more shots rang out and hit Duy’s massive chest, causing her to whine and fall to the floor in a pool of blood.

    “They died with honor,” said a familiar voice behind us. In walked my dad carrying a shotgun and looking badass. There was another roar in the distance, and a large figure approached us carrying a metal fold-up chair. It was Lester the mole furry from next door in his costume but naked from the waist down. “Cover your ears, boys,” said Dad, as he held out the shotgun with one hand and shot Lester square in the face, sending him crashing to the ground. He held the barrel to his lips and blew on the smoking rising from it.

    “You came for us!” I hugged my dad.

    “I’ve been thinking…” he started. “About Hazy. I…I have feelings for him, Van…. I love him. And he needs me to rescue him.”

    “I love him too,” I said. “They’re bringing him so close but won’t let him cum. It’s heartbreaking.”

    “That’s….that’s terrible,” he said, adjusting his crotch. “Look, I know this…incest and…homosexuality isn’t right. I served my wife divorce papers. So Hazy isn’t my step son anymore. He’s be free to be….” He trailed off. His trousers were tented out.

    “This love story is the cutest thing ever,” said Dusty, reaching over to rub my dad’s hardness through his pants. He moaned softly.

    “Let’s go guys.” I motioned toward the now-open door.

    We went down another corridor and into the sex dungeon where Hazy was being kept. He was naked with his hands tied up and lying on a table, but Mark and Emma were nowhere to be found. There was only Thuy’s crotch muffin and Emma’s crotch salamander rolling around having sex.

    “Hazy!” I yelled, rushing to untie him.

    “I love you, Van,” he said. “I missed you so much.” His eyes were tearing up at our reunion. I kissed him, which he returned tenderly. Something else returned in the process, a big problem down below that he’d been suppressing all week. He gulped. “B-be careful,” he whispered while stroking me with his free hands. “I’m a hair trigger.” Dusty and Dad both rubbed his feet and chest while I kissed him. “Oh my God,” he sighed, bringing a hand down to stroke his dripping cock that Dad swatted away. 

    Hazy grabbed my head and whispered, “I need you to fuck this huge load out of me right the fuck now. Please, please Van. I need it. I need you so bad.”

    He got on his knees, shaking with tension and breathing hard as he handed me a bottle of lube. I coated my hard cock with it and started lubing up his ass with a finger. “Ahhhh….uhhh,” his voice cracked and his ass twitched against my finger. “Stop,” he squeaked. “Your cock….please….” He reached back and grabbed my shaft, bringing it to his throbbing hole and shoving it inside. “Ahhhh!” he yelled. He humped back against it as hard as he could, taking in my entire length at once. I could feel his bulging prostate on my cock and aimed for it with each thrust. With his shaking, panting, and involuntary kegals around my length, I also wasn’t going to last long. I was on my knees behind him thrusting slowly while I explored up to his sensitive round nipples with my hands. The moment I pinched them, he whined, “Vaaaaan!” and immediately picked up speed and force to slap his sweaty hips against mine.

    I could tell he was extremely close and only needed me to push his button one more delightful time. I grabbed him around the torso in both strong arms and picked him up, bringing him to my chest as my hard cock head connected with his quivering prostate. I reached around and stroked his damp shaft to bring him the rest of the way. He squirmed in my arms and gasped for air as everything tensed up and he reached the point of no return. My own body couldn’t take how wild I was driving him, and even before his climax finished, I was shooting into his tight hole. “Oh….oh! I love you Van!” he screamed as shot after shot of pent up cream exploded out of him and onto the table and floor, his ass contractions sending electricity up my own spent cock.

    One look at the damp crotches of Dusty and my dad showed that they hadn’t been able to hold their own loads in while watching the display. The crotch muffin and crotch salamander ate up all of Hazy’s cum and started fused together and evolving.

    Emma and Mark clapped at the performance and revealed that they were fucking behind a curtain while they watched and had both had sizeable orgasms onto the floor. “For that show, I think we’ll let you leave,” Emma said. “Just this once.”

    Hazy put his clothes back on, and the five of us left the house. But everything wasn’t over yet. It turns out the salamander and muffin were undergoing a highly unusual super evolution together. They were turning into none other than a giant T-rex. It grew and grew until it broke through the wall of the step twins’ house and stood over us. It was the size of a mountain and hungry. We called the police who promised to send the army, but we were still going to die.

    And then Chu-chu came to save the day. “Give me cum!” the slutty gym rat demanded. “I can super evolve into a powerful spooge dino.” Everyone quickly brought out their cocks and/or pussies and gave the perverted rat a bukkake facial that he’d been fantasizing about for years. Dusty, his companion, came inside his ass. while loads were dumped on his face. The T-rex watched with a look of pure lust and its cloaca started to engorge and drip with fluid. After he’d eaten everyone’s cum, Chu-chu also began to rapidly super evolve until he was also the size of a mountain. He was a brontosaurus, a long-necked herbivore with a giant meaty cock the size of a Greyhound that was hardening at the sight of the t-rex’s predicament. The two began a courting ritual right there in the street.

    The horny T-rex bent down to have Dino Chu-chu mate with its slobbering wet cloaca. He brought his long neck down and rimmed its hole, sending it into ecstasy-filled growls and causing it to lean back more into his mouth. The brontosaur assaulted the hole with his tongue, going deeper and deeper into the chasm. Its partner begged for the main attraction, but instead, Chu-chu did something that shocked everyone. Instead of shoving his throbbing cock inside, he stuck his entire head and much his long neck in. The T-rex roared with a mixture of pleasure and pain as it was split open and the spooge dino forcefully brushed against its prostate and G-spot repeatedly in its love tunnel, bringing it closer to the edge. It moaned, thrusting its wobbling hips back and forth to send Chu-chu’s head in deeper. Cloaca fluid was gushing out like a fountain as the head fucking reached its climax. The needy carnivore held its breath and then let out a long scream as it shook its way through the first earth-shaking orgasm of its kind felt in 65 million years. The vibrations sent Chu-chu over the edge as well. He’d already bored a hole in the ground with his massive dinosaur cock thrusts and then made a milky pond in it as he shot buckets, which my slutty crotch monkey and Hazy’s snake made a beeline for to go drink.

    Chu-chu pulled out his head covered with cloaca juice and bird shit, and the hole continued gushing out fluid everywhere and then a large dinosaur egg fell to the ground. He brought his long neck around to the T-rex’s face, and they kissed over their egg. 

    The army had finally arrived with tanks and tranquillized the two dinos, taking them away to a secure facility in Area 51. Mark and Emma, still nude, were cuffed by police and carted off to jail for their crimes.

    The display I had just seen had made me unbearably horny, and Dusty had his hand in my shorts playing with me as Dad embraced Hazy.

    “I’m so glad you’re okay,” Dad said to him. “Listen…Hazy…this may come as a bit sudden, but I’m no longer your step daddy. We uh…..I uh….filed for divorce, so if you want, we can….”

    “That’s too bad,” said Hazy.

    “You’re very special to me,” my dad continued, rubbing his back. “We uh….well….call me after you process the divorce a bit, okay? We…we don’t have to do anything you don’t want to.” 

    “I will,” said Hazy. He embraced me in a tender hug after breaking away from Dad. “It feels weird that we aren’t related anymore, Van. I really liked being your brother.”

    “Me too,” I replied, stroking his upper back. “It almost feels empty. It was hotter being brothers.”

    “Well….” he whispered against me. “I know a way we could be related again…” He looked deep into my eyes.

    I pulled him in for a long and passionate kiss and explored his body with my hands, aware that our hard cocks were rubbing against each other in front of Dad and Dusty. The thought of the orgasm I’d just given him in the dungeon made me hungry for more. I realized I wanted to spend the rest of my life with my former step-bro to give him one of those every morning and night.

    “I love you, Hazy,” I said. “I want to make you mine…forever.”

    “Yes! I love you!” He gasped in elation, kissing me several times in succession. After we were done, the two of us walked off into the sunset hand-in-hand.

    Epilogue – One Year Later:

    Hi guys, Van here. Hope you liked my true story of events that actually took place. 🙂  I just wanted to give a quick update on how things turned out for us: 

    Dusty and I tied the knot three months ago. We’re step husbands now! We moved to LA together to sell our stories to reality TV networks. Our latest hit is Adults Adopting Adults – Gay Edition. We were given five million dollars by the studio to show off our horny gay lifestyle to the entire country. Our adopted step son, Hazy, is the true star of the show, and we love him with all our hearts, cocks, and souls. He’s our everything. We still have our insatiable crotch animals to vacuum up all the cum the three of us leave around the house.

    Chu-chu and Bob, the T-rex, continued to mate and fuck, and insatiably horny dinosaurs have taken over Area 51 and most of Nevada.

    My dad unexpectedly came out as bisexual. I never would have guessed. And he’s now in a three-way marriage with the step twins Mark and Emma, and they adult-adopted the pizza delivery twink as their step-sub and paid him $50 to change his name to Hazy II. The three of them are on probation for indecent exposure, murder, and other crimes.

    All’s well that ends well.

  • Doubtful Identity

    Prologue

    Set in Los Angeles, California, at the present time, this is a story about a young gay American named Tyler Blaze, who. is a very active gay, narcissistic young man, an exhibitionist at heart, who earns his living in an up-market gay nightclub in Beverly Hills, by publicly exploiting his beautifully muscled body and the exceptional, sexual endowment between his legs.  As his body is of prime interest to the story and as I, as author, have only words to describe this imaginary stud – and make no mistake, Tyler Blaze really is an exceptional, physically superb, virile hunk – I thought that it would put flesh on the bare bones of my words, so to speak, if I were to give the reader visual reference to someone, whom I thought might be a role model for Tyler, as I envisage him in my mind’s eye.

    One photo, it is said, is worth a thousand words; however, I regret to say that I have been singularly unsuccessful in searching the myriad of porn sites on the web to come up with one image of a single stud, who measures up to my ideal visualisation of Tyler Blaze, as I imagine his to be.  I have therefore been reduced to a cut and paste approach in assembling virtually, what I consider to be a visually suitable role model for him.

    My problem stems from the fact that Tyler Blaze, as I envisage him, combines a symmetrical, exquisitely proportioned, fine muscular body with what I can but describe as humdinger, George Washington Monument of a cock. These two attributes seem not very often to go hand-in-hand in one person. Either the guy has a perfect body and a normal sized dick; or he has a humongous piece of man-meat dangling between the legs of a not too exciting body. And there are many men, who fall into this latter category, but who, nevertheless, exhibit themselves naked on numerous porn sites, in the mistaken belief that cock size is everything. But the perfect role model for Tyler Blaze, as I see him, with a symmetrical muscular body and a cock which transcends belief, seems as rare as a hen’s teeth.

    “Easy-peasy,” I already hear critical voices saying, “He didn’t look far enough, long enough, or deeply enough.” But believe me, I have looked extensively and found every potential, lone model wanting. So I am afraid, Dear Reader, you will have to lump it and make do with my composite offering, which is still lacking perfection in one important detail, to which I will come later.

    To being with, I suggest you visit this page:

    This is a site dedicated to a now retired Hungarian porn actor, Kris (not Chris!) Evans, who was, for several years, the absolute star model of the famous BelAmi, East European gay porn site, before going off and becoming a leading Hungarian bodybuilder  under his real name, Csaba Szigeti. The full-screen image #5, which appears automatically on the screen, is exactly how I envisage Tyler Blaze to look, EXCEPT for his cock. If you flick through the images, you will see that Kris Evans was, even then, a quite exceptional young man. 

    I can already hear someone saying: “What’s wrong with his cock? Surely it is big enough!” Well the short answer is yes it is big enough for most purposes, but it is simply not big enough for the Tyler Blaze of my imagination. To quote a famous line by Oscar Wilde; “Enough is as good as a meal; it’s a surfeit that makes a feast” And that is how I envisage Tyler Blaze to be: a young man whose muscular appearance in general and whose cock more specifically, are truly a feast for the eyes.

    You will see what I mean about cock size and the importance of balance between length and circumference, when you visit my second reference here.

    This is a site dedicated to guys with relatively uninteresting bodies –  so many porn stars have relatively ordinary bodies, but possess absolute monster sexual endowments. Play the first video-clip, which is on the screen, to reveal this guy’s magnificently massive, flaccid fuck-stick, the like of which I imagine the un-aroused Tyler Blaze sporting.

    The man in the video clip is Canadian porn-star, Yan Devo, who, under the name of Bo Sinn, which is, to my ears, as totally unattractive sounding as is visually, his over-inked body to my eyes. But, as ever, beauty is in the eyes of the beholder and he obviously has a following, and there is no accounting for taste. I gather that he is generally considered the bad-boy of Canadian porn. However it is not for his ghastly, over-inked body that I have selected him as a partial role model for Tyler Blaze, but for his totally amazing cock, which, I think you must agree, is both impressively gobsmacking and, also, potentially, gob and anus filling. The keen observer will note that even this, his most precious possession, has not escaped the tattooist’s needle.

    This guy really does have an incredibly impressive penis, which when shown flaccid as it is here, combines length – ten inches in the photo – with commensurate girth and is held over a pair of balls, held tight to his body. It has what is rare, in that at even at rest and floppy as it is here, it makes its aggressive presence felt.

    I imagine this massive penis on the body of Kris Evans, which gives you a clear idea of the role model for Tyler Blaze that I wish to convey to you visually: a perfect body and an almost unbelievable, ginormous penis.

    But both Kris Evans’s own cock and the replacement, furnished courtesy of Bo Sinn, lack perfection in one important detail: neither cock is circumcised. And as we shall see a cut cock, displaying a clear head, free of all foreskin, is a sine qua non for anyone in the USA contemplating a career dependent on displaying or using his penis in public. However, as we shall later see, Tyler Blaze, who as we first meet him, is uncircumcised, has no problem in kissing his foreskin goodbye when this inconvenient problem rears its ugly head.

    With this imaginary image of our hero: a young man with an exquisitely muscled body and a cock to die for, we can now move on to this extraordinary story, which is told by Tyler Blaze himself.


    Hi everyone! First let me introduce myself: my name is Tyler Blaze> well perhaps I should say that that is my professional name, Hi everyone! First let me introduce myself; my name is Tyler Blaze; well perhaps I should say that is my professional name; I am, at present, a stage performer in a gay live-sex show in Los Angeles, usually referred to as LA.

    My true name on my birth certificate is a much less exotic: Herbert Smith: but I refer to myself as Tyler Blaze, or just Tyler, throughout this story, even though I did not adopt the pseudonym until I got my first job as a male performer in a Club in LA.

    My parents never gave me second name, which is an inconvenience in the USA, where everyone automatically signs himself with his full first name, the initial of his second name, followed by his last name. So from an early age at school I felt seriously deprived, being obliged to sign myself as Herbert Smith, which I thought was a nondescript name anyway.

    But there is an additional problem posed by the lack of a second name, in the USA. All official forms seem to require you to state your first name, what is referred to as your middle initial and your last name. As I do not have a second name, I do not have that apparently all important, middle initial, differentiating me from all the other Herbert Smiths in the USA. This clearly irritated the pen-pushers when checking that I had completed whatever the form, correctly; they officiously, to a man, added NMI – No Middle Initial, where my middle initial should have been.

    I began thinking of myself as Herbert NMI Smith. When I was about ten or eleven years old, I recall receiving a paddling on my bare bum from the principal of my school, in the town of Bakersfield in the Central Valley in California, where I was born and lived, for inscribing my name as Herbert N. M. I. Smith on the front of all my exercise books. I had assiduously inserted a point after each letter of NMI as if each was the first letter of a name. I fancifully thought of myself as the rather grand sounding Herbert Nicholas Marcus Ignatius Smith, which was of little consolation to my very sore paddle bottom.

    Before we get down to the nitty-gritty of what I do for a living, let me first tell you something about myself. I was born in the year 2000 in the town of Bakersfield in the south of California’s Central Valley, which is huge and is perhaps the major horticultural region – truck-farming as we American’s call it – in the USA.  Bakersfield has, however, two strings to its bow; it is both an important oil producer as well as growing horticultural produce. I had the misfortune to be the only son – the only child, in fact – of the Reverend William Clarence Smith, one of those Bible banging, American preachers, who was a minister in one of those fundamentalist churches, belovèd by Americans, which are offshoots of mainstream Christianity.

    I am not sure, having read again what I have just written, whether my greater misfortune was to have been an only child, named Herbert, or to have been born to a father, who was an ingrained reactionary to all aspects of modern life as most folks know it today; a man who ran his life and that of his small family, (my mother and me) according to the tenets of what he referred as The Good Book. Let me just say that, by the age of ten, I did not like my father one bit: a dislike which increased with each passing year so much, that by the time I was forced by him to leave home, aged just eighteen, I absolutely hated the man.

    Like many religious fanatics he believed in what he called the mortification of the flesh – mainly mine – and was never slow to take an old razor strop, which he had found somewhere – he used a safety razor himself – to my bare bum for the slightest offence, both real and imaginary; and boy oh boy, did he know how to wield that thick black belt. Having been born at the start of the twenty-first century, I received an upbringing, reminiscent of late Victorian times, over a century earlier. I often went to bed with a bum which felt as though it had been assaulted by my super-zealous father with a red-hot poker.

    As do most American children, I attended the local school. I was not a particularly bright boy, but I loved and excelled at all sports and gymnastics. By the time I moved, aged fourteen, into junior high, I already knew that I was what I thought of as a gay-in-waiting;  I had eyes only for other boys and I knew that was just a question of time before I succumbed to my natural libido and had sex with another lad.  Sex was never mentioned at home and at school I had had no sexual instruction other than the usual heterosexual; but I knew instinctively that I wanted to stick my cock up some other lad’s ass and have the same done to me.

    I was blessed by nature with a body, which as I later learned was classified as mesomorphic, which enabled me, due to my love of sport and exercise of all kinds, to build an attractive looking muscular framework free from superfluous fat. But my most amazing physical development started when I was in senior high, from about the age of fifteen. My cock, which had always been quite big for my age, suddenly started to grow at an amazing rate. By the time I left school, aged eighteen, I was just over six feet tall and was the proud possessor of a piece of man-meat, which when soft measured slightly more than nine inches in length, but which when ready for action, as it ever more frequently became, measured almost a foot.

    As you might imagine, at school in the showers after games, I was the butt of many ribald comments about the growing size of my dick. These were, in the main amusing and were provoked by of a combination of jealousy and admiration at the size of my endowment. Typical of the comments I received in the showers is one which is only mildly obscene and is worth repeating: “Hey, Bert, be careful you do not trip over your dick and do yourself an injury.”

    Chapter 2

    When I was just sixteen, I lost my anal virginity to a guy named Wayne, who was a grade above me at school. He and I had been eying each other for quite a while and that particular day, after basket ball practice, we dawdled in the showers until we were alone. He suddenly pounced on me and I had my first experience of feeling a guy’s rock-hard dick up my ass.  I did not resist him, as I had wanted for several months to have my first experience of sex, which had come to dominate my thoughts at that time. Although it hurt quite a bit that first time, I nevertheless enjoyed it and knew immediately that it was what life held in store for me.

    After that first time in the showers, Wayne, and I quickly became best buddies and regular sex partners.  He turned out to be as queer as a coot and became my mentor in all aspects of gay sex.  In me he had found an ideal partner: someone who was willing to learn as much as he was willing to teach; and boy oh boy, he was willing!  His parents were truck farmers and were both out in the fields until early evening. Several times a week, after-school, which finished at three thirty, we went back to his place, where we fucked in the comfort of his bed.

    When I say we fucked; the first few times we were together, he fucked me. For my sins, or better put, in spite of them, for in my father’s eyes, had he known what I was doing, I would surely qualified as a sinner, I enjoyed every moment of Wayne buggering my ass. I knew then that I had found my sexual vocation in life and that my fixation on other males was not just a passing fancy: it was my future.

    After about two weeks of being buggered by Wayne, one afternoon I became as horny as hell myself as I felt my cock crying out for some action itself.  So I flipped Wayne over onto his stomach sank my rigid, by that time, already ten-inch-long boner into his ass. From then on, for the next two years, we fucked each other as equals.

    Oh, I quite forgot to mention, that in addition to fucking me, Wayne also initiated me into the joys of oral sex, which he told me was politely known, in as much as cock sucking could ever be considered a polite pastime, as fellatio. And as we took every opportunity available to us, we fucked and sucked a lot!  In addition to Wayne, several of my class-mates, who saw me naked in the showers after games, came on to me and became occasional sex partners. So once I was over that first hurdle of losing my virginity, I never lacked for a fuck.

    Our joint sex life came to a sudden end, when Wayne, who was one year older than me, left school and went off to college. The break was not difficult for me. In the two years Wayne and I had been together, it had been out of sheer lust for each other. There was no love in our relationship; we had both used the other’s body as a convenience to exercise our burgeoning libidos; and we both knew it.

    The break left me physically high and dry, as Wayne was the only guy with whom I had ever had sex regularly. But, emotionally, I felt nothing at the break. However, physically, I knew that after two years of regular copulation, I would have to find a replacement for Wayne. I had become so accustomed to regular sex that aged just eighteen, as I entered my last year at school, I could no longer do without it.

    I should tell you that during my sixteenth and seventeenth years, the two years that I was with Wayne, my body filled out from that of a young adolescent into that of a muscular, well-proportioned young man. During those two years, my most precious appendage between my legs, which Wayne had always referred to as my fuck-stick, which I suppose, given the nature of our relationship, was what he considered it to be, just grew and grew. By by the time I was eighteen, it had reached an enormous size; it was the envy of all my school-mates. Even when soft it was an impressive nine-plus inches in length, with appropriate girth. However, when primed and ready for firing, it was an incomparably magnificent, twelve-inch-long, anus stretching, mouth filling monster, both of which activities it indulged in regularly.

    Chapter 3

    During my final year at school, in spite of the many envious ribald comments made about the size of my dick, I had no difficulty in finding replacements for Wayne. Everyone had heard the rumour that Wayne and I had had something going on between us. He and I had been seen by everyone as an item, which no one had cared to mess with, especially as Wayne was year older and a really big bruiser with a reputation as a bit of a bully. However, when Wayne left to go to College, I was again foot-loose and fancy-free and seen as fair game by all-comers. I found there was plethora of what I can best describe as curiosity anuses, at my disposal, eager to sample what, I was only now beginning to realise,  was my quite exceptional cock.

    Most  of my school-mate postulants for my services, if not congenitally gay as I was – or perhaps I should say, as I then thought I was – were male swingers, who had a very relaxed easy-come, easy-go attitude to sex, prevalent in the twenty-first century. I guess, looking back on it now that is what my relationship with Wayne had been; when we were forced to break-up, neither of shed a tear.

    However, very surprisingly, at least to me, was that certain straight guys, who were regular heterosexuals, several of whom were fucking certain female members of our class, who were man-mad and who were ready to spread their legs for any guy at the drop of a hat, were also inquisitive to widen their sexual horizon.

    Thus, in principle, I had no difficulty in satisfying my own libido.  The problem was where were all these sex acts to take place? I knew I personally needed sex on a regular basis, as two years with Wayne had made me an addict. He and I had had our first encounter encounter in the showers at school. After that, thanks to his parents’ absence from their house until early evening, we had been able to enjoy sex together in the comfort of his bed. But now the situation had changed radically as I had no permanent partner, which I initially saw as a good thing as I wanted to widen my sexual horizons by having sex with a series of different guys. And so I was reduced from having a more or less stable partner to snatching a fuck wherever and whenever and with whomever I could.

    However, as the year progressed, I realised more and more how I had appreciated having Wayne always available.  It suddenly hit me, aged only seventeen, that what what I wanted was, if not a home-life, then at least a regular sex partner on whom I could rely to satisfy my well nigh insatiable libido. The fact that Wayne and I had not been in love, nor had ever even spoken of it in the two years we were consorting together did not seem to matter, as I missed having sex with him dreadfully.

    It was his desire for permanence in my sex-life, which led to my downfall and my leaving home forever. Intent on replacing Wayne, I started seeing one of my class-mates, a guy named name Seth Floyd, who was obviously gay, on a regular basis. Very occasionally, my parents would be away from the house for the day and Seth and I profited from their absence to make hay while the sun was shining. One day, thinking my parents were away from the day, I was on top of Seth in my bed, fucking his ass like it was going out of style, when suddenly my father burst into room and caught us in the act. To say that the shit hit the fan with a vengeance is putting it mildly. I should point out that I had just reached my majority of eighteen at the time and could do what I liked without my father’s permission. However, I did understand his anger that what we were doing under his roof offended him.

    As neither of my parents had had the slightest inkling that their only son was a practising homosexual and had been for well over two years, finding me in bed with another young man was a terrible shock to both of them. My bible punching, hyper-reactionary father hit the roof in his anger. He could not bear to think that his only son was having sex with another man, which went against everything he stood for and had ever tried to teach me – unsuccessfully as it turned out.

    He had no understanding of human nature to think, as he fervently did, that by waving the Bible under my nose, he could change my sexual orientation. My poor father was pissing in the wind, but alas, did not know it. In an era where what had hitherto been thought of as abnormal sexual behaviour , which in my father’s eyes was all sex indulged in other than strictly for reproductive purposes, was becoming more acceptable to most people, he was stuck in a time warp.

    He called me – and, by implication, also Seth – a sodomite, a bugger, a homosexual, a sexual pervert and many other derogatory names I have now forgotten. On and on he railed with his ever more bitter remarks, until he finally arrived almost apoplectic, at what I can but describe as his Get thee  behind me Satan – Never again darken my doorstep,  moment. H told me to leave his house and never come back. So much for Christian charity!

    If he had thought I would beg his forgiveness for what he saw as my sins, he was very much mistaken.  As I have already said, I hated the man, who was my natural father, in a way in which I hated no one else I had ever met. His harangue and edict was the final straw and a week later I packed my few things and left forever the house where I had lived all my life to date.  My mother, as I imagine mothers inevitably do when they see their only son about to leave home after an argument, tried to pour oil on troubled waters, saying that my father did not mean what he had said and that he would eventually come to accept me for what I was.

    But I was not to be persuaded by her; she was wasting her breath as I saw hell freezing over, before my father accepted that his only son was a practising homosexual. He just was incapable of tolerating that his own flesh and blood was made that way and that neither he nor anyone else could change that fact. So aged just eighteen, before my final term at senior high school ended, without any qualifications in the form of a high school diploma, I bade farewell to my school mates, especially to Seth Floyd, to whom I had become very close; as close as two men could ever get to each other and let home without a clue what I was going to do, but exhilarate by the freedom I felt to be myself and make a success or disaster of my life.

    I had, for the past two years been working on Friday afternoons and evenings, and all day Saturday, until eight in the evening, filling shelves at a local supermarket to earn a bit of pocket money for myself, as my father, in addition to his other charming qualities, was, putting it mildly, a stingy old bastard.  I had fortunately been frugal with my earning, spending little on myself and had accumulated, over the past two years, just short of $1000-, which I had kept in a tin box in my bedroom. Thus when I left home with my few clothes in a rucksack, I was not completely broke and could at least survive for a few days. I comforted myself with the belief, as did Mr. Wilkins Micawber, in Charles Dickens’s story, David Copperfield, which we had just recently been studying at school that: something would turn up.

    Chapter 4

    I should just tell you something I became aware of about myself during my final year at school; I was a narcissist. More and more often, I found myself surreptitiously admiring my own naked body in a full length mirror inside the door of an old-fashioned wardrobe in my parents’ bedroom.  I was amazed and delighted to see my cock develop; it just grew and grew, until, by the time I left school aged eighteen, I had the most exceptionally magnificent piece of man-meat between my legs which made my classmates green with envy.

    I mentioned earlier that I was interested in athletics and participated vigorously in all sports and I discovered that I enjoyed flaunting  my muscular figure, especially my enormous cock, of which I had become very quickly inordinately proud, in front of my class-mates in the shower. In short, I discovered that I was, at heart, an out-and-out exhibitionist, who revelled in showing off his physique to all and sundry. Couple this with the fact that I was generally considered by my peers as the greatest gay stud since the invention of sliced bread and you can easily see that when I left home and a father, whom I heartily hated, I was, nevertheless, on a personal high. Although with no school diploma and no prospect of going on to college, with no any idea at all of what I would do to earn a living, even on the horizon, I was utterly gung ho that I was finally free of my father.

    Without a clue what I would do when I arrived there and never having been to Los Angeles.  I decided to chance my luck in the second biggest city in the USA, which was only about 115 miles, or a two hour drive from Bakersfield. I had no car; in fact, I did not even have a driving licence. So on the day I left home, I was walking to the bus station in Bakersfield  from where there is a regular bus service down Highway 5 to Los Angeles, when a car drew up beside me and the driver, a young man not much older than me, lowered the window and said: “Hi there! Can I give you a lift somewhere with that heavy rucksack you have on our back?”

    When I explained to him that I was just walking to the bus station to get the bus to LA, he said: “Well you’re in luck; I guess we both are. That’s exactly where I’m going myself. Dump your stuff in the trunk and jump in as I’d be glad to have someone to talk to, on what is a boring two hour drive when you are alone.” That is how I met the young guy, called Callum Bent – a most apposite name, as I soon discovered – with whom, that very evening, I found myself shacked up in his apartment in LA.

    Well as you have probably already guessed, I had, completely by chance, been picked up by a young guy, who turned out to be, like me, as gay as a coot and who, as I discovered later, was at least as experienced in gay sex as I was myself. Let’s face it, after two years with Wayne and my final year at school, during which I had regular sex with Seth Floyd and any of my classmates who were willing, as many were, As and eighteen year-old, with a considerable number of conquest under my belt, with the arrogance of youth, I felt that there was not much more still had to learn about the does and don’ts of sex with other men. How big-headedly wrong. I was soon to be proved to be!

    When I was settled in the passenger seat of the car, we eyed each other discreetly. My heart almost jumped for joy, when I saw my companion was wearing sexily cut jeans, which were tight-fitting in the crotch, to make the most of what was, at first sight, to anyone of my sexual persuasion and experience, a very attractive, sizeable package. Some of my class-mates, who had not been shy to show off their sexual assets, had taken to wearing tight fitting underwear, with a view to creating a visually silhouette of their kit. However, I. with my huge cock, had preferred to wear loose fitting boxer shorts, which allowed my enormous appendage to dangle freely alongside my left leg. It was not that I was ashamed of my size, but, ever conscious of the importance of the visual aesthetic appeal of the male body; I thought that to make an overt feature of my own exceptional endowment would be a mistake. The appreciative eye would always be able to discern my sizeable appendage, descending discreetly, slapping the inside of my leg.

    As you may well have guessed, having quickly established that we were both cut from the same bolt of cloth – it takes one to know one – by the time we arrived in LA, we had more or less exchanged details of our recent sex lives. Cal had learned that he had picked up a sexually, highly-experienced, eighteen-year old gay, without even a high-school diploma to his name, who after a bust-up with his father, who could not accept to live with a son who was gay, had decided to try his luck at finding a job in LA.

    I saw that Cal was an attractive, twenty year-old man, whom I had liked on first sight and who, learned,  was, what is known in the trade, a soft-porn worker: someone who exhibits his or her sexual credentials suggestively to the public, but does not actually perform any sex act. It turned out that Cal was a male stripper in a very expensive and very exclusive LA night club, patronised only by those very wealthy individuals  of the so-called great and the good of LA, with pruriently degenerate, perverted, minds, of whom, according to Cal, there were, apparently, enough to support any number of similar strip joints.

    He lived alone in a small apartment, which he rented; and like me, he was not seriously involved with anyone at the moment. He told me that hitherto, he had preferred to remain free of permanent entanglements for the time being, to be able to indulge himself to the full, with any guy he met, who reciprocated his fancy.  “But,” he concluded, “I suppose that eventually I will settle down with the love of my life, whom I have yet to meet.”

    Once he learned that I was jobless and homeless and had come speculatively to LA, clearly liking what he saw, he immediately suggested that I move in with him for a few days. “It will give you breathing space to find a job, and get a place of our own,” he said. Needless to say, two years later I am still living with Cal, although thanks mainly to me and my substantial earnings, we have been able to move to a bigger and better apartment than the one where he was living the day we first met.

    I don’t think that either of us was under any illusion what his offer really meant. He and I, in spite of my youth, were both highly experienced, gay, young men. I suppose we had both known, if not quite from the moment he picked me up in Bakersfield, that we wanted to have sex with each other. Speaking as a homosexual, for me, sexual attraction is like that. I suddenly knew that I wanted to have sex with the man whom I had just met. Cal confirmed later that night, when  we were in bed together having slaked our mutual thirst for sex on each other, that the reason he had offered me lift in Bakersfield, was that he knew that on first sight that he wanted me. But I am getting ahead of myself, as we are not yet there.

    As we approached LA city limits and entered Los Angeles County, we left the highway and drove for several miles along city streets. LA is a great sprawling conurbation, made up of numerous small townships, some of which are within the city limits of LA, and some of which like Beverly Hills, where Cal worked, are independent, but are considered as part of LA.  Cal worked in possibly the richest community town in LA County, Beverly Hills, populated by multi-millionaires with money to burn; and fortunately, for people like Cal, burn in they did. However, he himself did not live in Beverly Hills but in a much less famous and poorer neighbourhood.

    Of course, I had accepted Cal’s offer of accommodation for a few days. It was like gift from on high to me, which saved me from having to find a cheap bed for the night and promised much more than a place to sleep. His place consisted of a small, two room apartment with a shower room. The kitchen was part of the living room and the bedroom contained just one double bed. Cal suggested that I could sleep on the couch in the living room; but I saw from the lustful look in his eyes, hat there was not a snowball’s chance in hell of that ever happening.

    As I was already feeling as horny as hell towards Cal; so to progress things and get my clothes off, I asked him if could take a shower, hoping against hope that he would join me there. Even when two confirmed gays like Cal and me, both want that same unspoken thing, which I was a sure as anyone ever can be that he did as much as I, there is always the slight difficulty of that first step, which one partner has to fire the first shot to get the relationship up and running . Discarding only my shoes, I coyly went fully clothed into the bathroom, took off my clothes and stepped into the capacious shower.  I had anticipated that Cal would join me and that we would initiate our sexual contact there. I was not disappointed; but I was surprised, not to mention delighted, by what happened next.

    I was facing the shower head with my back to the bathroom door, soaping myself up, when I suddenly felt my hips gripped firmly from behind by two hands. This was followed, more or less instantaneously, by the moist tip of a circumcised cockhead thrust firmly against my anus. My anal sphincters instinctively tightened instantly with that automatic reflex to repel all borders, which is always there, even when the bottom partner is willing, which I then most certainly was.

     But even if I had wanted to, which I of course did not, I could not have prevented what I knew was about to happen to me, as Cal was obviously one of those guys, who did not let grass grow under his feet, when his mind was made up to do something. Thus, before I knew it, his rock-hard fuck-stick made short shrift of my anal sphincter resistance and he slid his full-length smoothly into my rectum, bottoming his pelvis against my ass.

    From my considerable previous experience with Wayne, I recognised immediately I felt his massive boner slide professionally inside me, that I was in the hands of an experienced anal copulator;  I knew, sight unseen, from the way he had penetrated me so smoothly, that the sizeable cock, which I now had inside me, had been pre-lubricated. His professionalism was confirmed as he began the reciprocating, thrusting and withdrawal movements, which are the quintessential gestures of all copulation. But even here he showed his dedication to purpose, making each thrust practically of the full length of his cock. He started off very gently fucking me, with soft languid strokes, which he he gradually built up in speed and force as he moved towards his goal, which I initially thought was for him to climax inside me and leave me with a souvenir of his semen of our first sex act together.

    However I had seriously underestimated his intentions; at one moment I was convinced that by his efforts he was near to climaxing; but I was proved wrong, as he continued fucking me, battering my hole with ever increasing speed and strength, until I could stand the build up no longer and cried out the first words uttered by either of us since Cal had entered the shower and penetrated me: “Cal, please, please, stop, I cannot stand it any longer! Please, please, Cal, just stop!”

    I should have known better, than to think I could stop any man in the throes of sexual arousal when he is approaching his climax; come what may, he just cannot stop himself. But what happened next I had never before experienced, nor even thought possible  Hearing my pleas, Cal had recognised, better than I had myself, that I was on the edge of achieving the orgasm, which he had all along, unbeknown to me, been attempting to induce in me. He finally withdrew his cock completely, before thrusting its full length back into my anus and unleashing in both of us simultaneously that incredibly fleeting, exquisite sensation called orgasm, which is – or should be – the ultimate goal of all sexual acts.

    For a few brief seconds we shared that exquisite moment of nirvana, as we climaxed together and shot our loads of semen, in great ejaculative spurts; mine into the water still running in the shower; his deep into my rectum, where it remained for some time as a transient souvenir of our first time together.  I can honestly say that, at that moment, I had just had the best and most exhilarating sexual experience of my life. And there was I, thinking egotistically that I had nothing more to learn about sex!

    I can tell you that I was overjoyed to have, completely by chance met a gay stud, who had taken me to sexual heights, which I had never even dreamed of. How could I not like the guy, who had just fucked me silly, and who, in fact, still had his cock embedded deep inside me. He had shown me sex in a way that I had never known existed until now. Additionally, he also had given me a bed for my first night in LA. With some justification, I felt that God, in whom I did not believe, in spite of my father’s death and damnations curses, was on my side at the moment.

    Chapter 5

    I will not have escaped the attentive reader that Cal and I had, so far, never seen each other naked. He had taken me in the shower and had been behind me when he penetrated me, so he had not seen my exceptionally large endowment, which had as yet not been called into service. I had no idea what Cal looked like naked, as he had fucked me in the shower, standing there with my back to him. So although I had never seen his man-meat, which he had shared with me, I knew that I had been penetrated and had enjoyed immensely being fucked by a sizeable and extremely proficient weapon; but I had no idea of what Cal or his fuck-stick looked like.

    Cal had obviously enjoyed taking me as much as I had enjoyed being taken by him. After we had shot our loads, we remained as if one, united by Cal’s fuck-stick embedded deeply inside of me, under the running water of the shower, enjoying the afterglow of our first, very successful union. Eventually Cal reached around me, and turned off the shower. He withdrew his by now flagging penis from me, tossed a towel over my shoulders and said: “Well I suppose we had better dry off, get dressed and go a find something to eat somewhere. After all that effort, I could eat a horse! I then still had my back to him, facing the shower head, in exactly the same position, in which he had taken me.”

    Cal now turned around and stepped from the shower into the bathroom, towelling himself off and I followed him. When he saw he saw me, for the first time ever, in all my naked full frontal glory, I thought at first, from the look of bemused shock on his face, that he was going to faint. He could not believe his eyes at what he was seeing. I knew that I had a beautiful body and that I possessed a phenomenal cock.  Aged just eighteen at the time I guess, my cock had grown to more or less its full size. So what Cal saw was, with a now flaccid nine/ten-inch long, well-proportioned penis, descending in a parabolic curve over a pair of balls, which were held close to the body of a well-muscled young stud. False modesty be damned, I knew that I looked absolutely stunning, as I always did when naked. So you can well understand that he was flabbergasted when he realised what a physically exceptional guy he had, that very day, picked up in Bakersfield

    Cal’s eyes took in my entire body but finally came to rest on my kit.  He said: “Jesus wept; where the fuck did you get that lot from?”

    Quick as a flash, I replied, laughingly: “Jesus wept – that’s from the New Testament by the way – John, Chapter 11: Verse 35: the shortest verse in the Bible. Remember, Cal, I told you my father was a minister; that’s how I know such quotations.  But I doubt that Jesus would have wept at the sight of me naked. Quite the contrary; in fact, I would have thought he might have rejoiced at the sight of such a well-equipped, young man.”

    “Well, Tyler, you certainly know how to blow your own trumpet. I was just commenting on your magnificent kit of tools; that’s all. So get yourself dressed, for alluring though you are naked, even here in LA, you cannot go out like that, unless you want to have yourself arrested for indecency. When we get back here, you can show me if you really know how to use your magnificent tool on somebody else; my body will be yours to do with as you please; I can hardly wait. But; but first we need to eat to hold body and soul together before we again attempt to trip the light fantastic. Come on, young man, move your ass; we’re wasting precious time when we could be fucking!”

    We wolfed down a quick hamburger in a local fast-food restaurant and went back to Cal’s place, where we both, without a word stripped off completely and stood admiring each other. In spite of his sterling service, just an hour or so earlier Cal’s cock was already hardening for more action; I saw, as I had thought when he had shafted me, that it was a good size and that he had nothing to be ashamed of; and as I had just experienced, he also knew how to use his equipment to give his partner a good time. However he was now more interested in exploring my endowment. Before I could stop him, he had dropped to his knees and was sucking my dick to an erection. This was really the most attention any guy had ever paid to my penis and I was in absolute seventh heaven.

    Within two minutes, thanks to Cal’s expertise, my penis had transformed itself from a flaccid, but nevertheless impressive, rubbery nine inches, into a massive rock-hard fuck-stick, measuring an almost inconceivable twelve inches in length. As I looked down on my proudest possession; my almost implausible erection, I asked myself why nature had been so generous with me. If I had been told that some guy had a twelve inch boner, I would have said: “No way.” But here I was confronted with the living proof in the form of my own penis that such exceptional sexual endowments do exist. But I also noticed  for the first time, perhaps because my cannon was so engorged and ready for action, that my foreskin – I was uncut – was stretched to the limit of tightness over my huge cock-head, the tip of which was exposed.

    But I was not alone in admiring my tool. Cal was almost salivating at the thought of bottoming for me and allowing me to fuck him as he had just done for me, which was what he told me he wanted me now to do to him. He told me that I had the biggest cock he had ever seen, which was probably true – my own cock was the biggest penis I had ever seen myself – and that he desperately wanted to experience being fucked by it.  However, for such an obviously experience guy he was honest enough to admit that he felt scared at the possibility of not being able to take my full length and that the whole thing between ns could turn into a fiasco, with him chickening out with fear.

    I pointed out to Cal that he would not be the first guy, whom I had fucked and that none of my partners to date had had a problem with taking taking my full length, which at first sight, though impressive,  was, to say the least, somewhat daunting.  I guess my most earnest wish at that very moment was to fuck Cal, whom I found a super-attractive prospect, now that I was looking at him unashamedly naked. Fearing that he might think again about allowing me to fuck him and back out due to fear of the unknown, I neglected to tell him that the guys whom I had fucked were all my school-mates, who had grown accustomed to having sex with me since I was sixteen years old, when Wayne had first stolen my anal virginity and introduced me to gay sex, to which I had quickly become addicted.

    I saw quite clearly that all my sex-partners to date had grown up with me and my cock since the age of sixteen, when I had seriously begun my sex life. Although at sixteen I had had the biggest cock around, it had been nowhere near the Washington Monument of a fuck-stick with which Cal was now faced. However, I told myself that once he had overcome his initial fear, which I saw was very real, everything would be alright. Once I had bottomed my cock inside him, I knew that with my long strokes, I could give him one of the greatest fucks he had ever had. At that moment, I wanted him so badly myself, that had he refused, I could not have stopped myself attempting to take him by force; raping him, which was, strictly speaking, what he had done to me in the shower.

    Happily Cal did not refuse and, as things worked out, I was proved right. Once Cal had overcome his initial fears and my mighty piece of hard man-meat was inside him, things went well. And, if I was not able to do for him what, just a few hours ago, he had done for me, I am happy to say that he was well satisfied. But I see I am getting ahead of myself, in my story, for I had still not penetrated Cal. So, bear with a perennially disorganised writer as he back-tracks somewhat.

    I prepared to penetrate Cal, who had indicated by lying on his back on his bed, spreading his legs and bending his knees that he wished me to take him in what I was later to learn was referred to as a modified mission position, one of a number of juxtapositions in which the protagonists have sex facing each other. I suddenly remembered the silky-smooth way in which Cal had slid his not inconsiderable tool inside me in the shower.  I had long known that, as the male rectum is not intended by nature for the purpose for which it is used in gay sex, it does not automatically lubricate when used, as it frequently is, as an ersatz female vagina.

    Wayne, my first sex partner, had been much savvier about the mechanics of sex than me. When he had initiated me into the pleasures of anal sex, he had insisted that the active cock of the moment should always be lubricated prior to penetration of his partner’s anus. In his sexual catechism, this was the Eleventh Commandment: Thou shalt not bugger thy partner with an unlubricated cock.

    Not having known that on my arrival in LA I would find myself so immediately plunged into such deep and potentially satisfying sexual activity, for which I was completely unprepared, I had not given any thought to the accessories of gay sex, such as condoms and, most importantly, lubricants, When I had packed my bags, my only concern had been to get the hell out of my father’s house forever, where was I no longer welcome. But I had been impressed by the silky-smooth way in which Cal had, in one swift, unhesitating thrust, slid his sizeable meat inside me.

    In spite of his agreement that I should fuck him, now that push had come to shove. I sensed nevertheless a slight residual nervousness in Cal. To relieve Cal of some of his uneasiness, I thought that overt, generous lubrication of my boner would ease, at least somewhat, the fear he had expressed at the thought of a twelve-inch, rock-hard fuck-stick penetrating his anus. As I had no lubricant of my own to hand, I asked him if I could beg, borrow or steal some of the same lubricant that he had himself used before fucking me. From the relieved look on his face, I knew that his fear had stemmed largely from taking the first step and allowing me to penetrate him, with what, beyond a shadow of a doubt, was the biggest erection he had ever seen, let alone taken up his ass. He delightedly not only agreed, as he motioned towards a bedside cupboard, I found a tube labelled: 

    ANOLUBE

    Special lubricant for anal sexual intercourse.

    Anolube is a specially formulated lubricant designed to make anal intercourse more comfortable for both partners.  Anolube can be used in all acts of anal sex, whether male-male or male-female.

    Anolube can also be used for added comfort in acts of male-female vaginal sex. As Anolube is not oil based it can be used in conjunction with latex condoms in normal heterosexual or homosexual intercourse.

    It is recommended that the active partner, apply a generous amount of Anolube to his erect to his erect penis before penetrating his passive partner.

     

    I read the instructions rapidly, but before I could apply the product to my boner myself, Cal suddenly sat up, took the tube from my hands and carefully applied a generous amount of the cream to my cock, before resuming his former position on the bed. I noticed that he now seemed completely relaxed and had spread his legs wider than before, exposing his tight anal pucker to give to my marauding penis. It was now as if he was eager to be penetrated.  I had no idea for what reason, but all his fears related to the size of my cock had evidently disappeared with his performance of the act of anointing of my cock with oil, which he had managed somehow to transform into a quasi-biblical act of almost religious significance. Now, looking at him

    lying there, his whole manner was now silently, but clearly saying:  “Go on; fuck me.”

    Having received a green light to proceed, I still proceeded with caution, which I quickly learned was a misjudgement on my part as Cal wanted a hard fuck, which he made apparent from the moment the exposed tip of my cock-head touched his anus. I sensed instantly from the resistance to entry which his anal sphincters posed my cock that here was guy, who when he bottomed, knew how to extract absolutely everything from his top partner’s cock. I knew from the moment he a relaxed his anal muscles enough to allow my cock-head to penetrate him, only to grab it again by the rim in a firm grip, that fucking Cal would be hard work. For the first time, I was fucking a guy, who although bottoming, was intent on getting as much from the act as his top partner. I was really going to be made to sing for my supper.

    And I was, of course, right. Having penetrated him, with just my cock-head inside of him, Cal maintained the pressure he was exerting on my cock, making the act of sliding my full length into him, hard work. I saw now why he had personally lubricated my cock very well before granting it entry into his vital passage. Without a well lubricated tool, the essential, reciprocating motion, the repeated thrusting and withdrawing of the top’s cock, the sine qua non of the basic sex act, would have been difficult. And my original idea of idea of beginning gently and building up to a climax as I normally did when topping for a partner, was given short shrift, when Cal said to me, as soon as I had given him full length: “Now, Tyler, don’t hold yourself n back; use all your strength, as I want you to give me as hard a fuck as possible.”

    So, I did just as he had requested and fucked him as hard as I could from the word go. I gave him the benefit of my enormous length, by withdrawing my 12 inch fuck-stick almost completely on each stroke, before thrusting myself back into his rectum, using the maximum force I could muster. Once I had got used to the constant grip exerted on my cock by Cal, I found that I was enjoying myself fucking him more than I ever had done in over two years of regular sex with various partners, both as top and bottom.

    The fact that my shaft was gripped by Cal’s powerful sphincters the whole time had a beneficial, accelerating effect on my search for my own climax. Thanks to the continued pressure exerted by him on my cock, I reached the point of no-return much sooner than I had ever done in the past. When it suddenly came, and I could no longer hold myself back, I shot my load deep inside of Cal, in the most intense orgasm I had ever experienced in my life.

    After I had recovered and was again in control of myself, I thought of what Cal had done to me, unleashing an orgasm simultaneously in both of us. I realised that in spite of my superior cock size, I had fallen far short of his performance on me. As I had left him high and dry, so to speak, I, therefore, took up to battering his ass with my cock, as my inability to control my own climax had forced me to leave off. I had decided that, come what may, as a matter personal pride, I would endeavour to take him through to his orgasm. It was very hard work, I can tell you, for I had seriously underestimated how difficult it is for a top to induce an orgasm in his bottom partner just by using his cock.

    Until Cal had shown me the light and had, with his cock alone, fucked me through to orgasm, I had never realised that such a tour de force was even achievable by a top simply fucking his bottom partner. I have to admit to my eternal shame that over the past two years, when I had been having sex regularly I did not always mange to bring even myself to orgasm while fucking my partner. The sad truth is that more often than not, I found myself obliged to withdraw my cock and rely on a bit of handwork to achieve completion myself. As for the ultimate fuck, that nec plus ultra of anal copulation, which Cal had given me, when he had brought both of us simultaneously to our individual, explosively ejaculative climaxes, well, I had never even dreamed such was possible.

    But I now saw that I, who, because of my huge cock, big-headedly had considered myself as God’s gift to gay sex, had so much to learn. I had not even been aware that an expert top, could, with his cock alone, fuck his bottom partner through to his orgasm. This was was gay sex raised to a level of sophistication, which I never knew existed until now. In the past, when I was topping, both my partner and I had had to rely on jerking off to reach our respective orgasms.

    But now, with my cock still embedded deep inside of Cal, I was determined to show him that I had learned something from him, And so, even though I had achieved orgasm myself and left Cal with a positive, albeit temporary souvenir of myself in the form of my semen, instead of withdrawing from him, I now pressed on banging away at his ass as fast as I could, using my maximum strength and my full length at every stroke.

    Finally Cal cried out: “That’s it, that’s it; don’t stop now; I am about to cum.” On hearing these encouraging words, I knew that I had succeeded and withdrew my cock completely, before giving him that final thrust, taking him to orgasm and giving him his brief moment of ecstasy. As he climaxed, he pumped out a seemingly endless stream of his own jism, which landed on both of us.

    I was delighted with my own performance. Although I had not succeeded in achieving that magic moment, where we both climaxed together simultaneously, I had, for the first time ever, achieved climax for myself inside of my partner. Then instead of resting on the laurels of my personal orgasm, I had gone on and shown him that I cared about him too, by successfully fucking him through to his own orgasm. For the first time ever I had discovered the personal satisfaction resulting from the mutuality of the sex act; I had under my own steam, given myself my own orgasm and had then gone on to give Cal his.

    Whether in the role fucked or the fucker, I had, this evening, learned a lesson from Cal by his actions; both partners to the act of anal copulation must be satisfied and that mutual masturbation, jerking off by both partners, which had, hitherto always been the conclusion to every sex act I had ever indulged in, was not necessary; all could be achieved by the top using his cock alone, if he set his mind to it.

    I finally withdrew my by now, flagging penis from Cal’s anus and wallowed in the pleasure of lying on top of him, with our bodies cemented together by his semen, as if we were one. It was for me, a magical moment; I realised how fate had smiled on me from the moment Cal had offered me a lift. Lying there against him, I felt differently about Cal than I had ever before felt about any other guy with whom I had had sex. It suddenly hit me that I had already fallen in love with a guy, whom I had only met that morning, But there it was staring me in the face:, I knew, without a doubt that I had fallen for Cal hook, line and sinker.

    We lay there for a good hour enjoying the closeness and exploring the intimacies each other’s body, as I always imagined true lovers to do. Our idyll was suddenly broken by Cal who said: “It’s not that I am fed up with your company; indeed quite the contrary. I could stay here in bed with you you until the cows come home. But looking at the time, I need to get a move on and get my ass across to the Club where I work; I’m due on stage in an hour from now. I need to clean up and get myself out of here pronto, otherwise I shall be late for work and deprive my stinking-rich, prurient fans of the pleasure of seeing me strip on stage; and as they pay a small fortune to see me strip and ogle my naked body, that would never do. So I’m afraid it’s farewell for now. I’ll be back at round 2 a.m. In my absence don’t do anything which I wouldn’t do myself, which leaves you free to do practically anything you want.”

    Chapter 6

    The next thing I knew it was the following morning and I woke up from a long, deep sleep in the same unwashed smelly state of state of stale sex, in which Cal had left me the previous evening.  I saw that he was still asleep, lying there by my side, like me, completely naked.  I hauled myself to my feet, went into the bathroom took a leak and stepped into the shower to rid myself of the persistent, stale, fishy smell of dried semen on my body.

    As I re-entered the bedroom I found Cal standing there, his cannon already primed and ready for action.  He certainly knew what he wanted, as he pushed me towards the bed onto which I fell on my back. With his eyes, filled with desire, focused on my cock, he anointed his own rock-hard meat with Anolube cream, which was still standing on the bedside cabinet. He then dropped to his  knees on the bed in front of me, immediately hoisted my legs over his shoulders and thrust his boner of a cock unhesitatingly straight into my anus, with and proceeded to fuck as if it was going out of style.

    This was certainly the hardest and most exhilarating fuck of my life.  It was the absolute antithesis of love making, as Cal was clearly intent on satisfying only his own lust, which the sight of me naked emerging from the shower had obviously aroused to an untenable level. He was giving my ass hell: an act of pure animal lust, which he performed without any care whatsoever for my feelings; this was his moment; his alone.

    However, as he battered my ass, using his cock like a power hammer, I found I was enjoying the most unique and exhilarating, hard fuck of my life. I absolutely adored what he was doing to me, even though I could see that he was totally centred on himself. Once he reached his orgasm, as he inevitably would, I sensed that I would be left high and dry to fend for myself, after what was tantamount to being raped. But rape or not, whilst it was happening, I was loving every minute of being used almost as a casual rent-boy by this man, with whom I had already fallen head-over-heels in love.

    When the climax finally came, after the most frenzied hammering of my ass imaginable, Cal had just withdrawn himself from me, and was poised with his penis above my anus to deliver his final thrust, that coup de grace, with which he would bring himself to orgasm with his cock buried deep inside me. However, it was not to be; Cal was just so aroused by his efforts that before he could thrust his cock back into my anus, he climaxed, into the thin air above my ass, into a veritable Niagara of semen, which I had fully expected him to deliver deep inside me. I can tell you, given the highly-aroused lustful state into which Cal had worked himself, that he violently ejaculated great quantities of his virile, viscous jism all over my butt and the bed on which I was lying.  In a word, he made an incredible sticky mess of both me and the bed: the inevitable, disagreeable aftermath of condomless gay sex.

    In the post coital calm following his climax, Cal was almost grovelling in his apology for what he had just done to me. He knew that he had forced himself onto me in his desire to satisfy his own uncontrollable lust aroused by seeing me standing there naked. He was obviously sorry that he had raped me: his very word.

    “Tyler, when I saw you coming into the bedroom, I guess I just lost it. As soon as I saw you naked, I wanted to to fuck you. Tyler, I don’t think you realise what a sexy young stud you truly are. You have body in a thousand and a cock in a million. You just exude sex; and I can tell you that there are many men, both gay and straight, who would give their eyeteeth to do what I did to you just now. You, Tyler, are just one hell of a desirable sexy guy. You could have anyone – male or female – you want. Tyler, I truly am very, very sorry for what I have just done to you and beg you to forgive me. I must tell you that I am really glad that I picked you up in Bakersfield yesterday and that, in spite of what has just happened, I hope our new-born friendship will prosper.  But if you decide to leave, I will not stand in your way. After what I have just done to you, I would hate to keep you here against your will.”

    I listened to Cal’s apology, without telling that I had enjoyed immensely being pounced upon and sort of pseudo-raped. My heart had leapt with relief when I heard him say that he wanted our nascent friendship to continue, which, at that precise moment, was the single thing I most wanted to hear. Cal had shown me a rough side to gay sex, which I had never before experienced. It was anal sex totally new to me, in which the guy, who was topping,  was out only to satisfy  himself and saw his partner’s ass purely as a piece of warm meat, on which he could vent his all-powerful and uncontrollable lust. It was an everyman for himself style of sex, which I am ashamed to admit I had thoroughly enjoyed, even though it cut squarely across my idealised concept that the sex act should always be for the mutual enjoyment of both partners.

    But I saw then that I had been viewing gay sex through a pair of rose coloured glasses. The fact of the matter was that things were not always the way I had thought they were and I had to accept that things were the way they were and that no altruistic, romantic dreaming on my part would change them. Human nature and sexual behaviour were as they had always been; wishing things were different, would change nothing. What had just happened to me had happened; and Cal, in apologising for his behaviour, attempting to pour oil on troubled waters, could not make it un-happen. But, at the end of the day, I admitted to myself that I had enjoyed enormously what Cal had just done to me. He had treated my ass as a punching bag for his dick; an act, for which. I felt he ought to feel ashamed and which he had freely admitted that he was. But I too was equally ashamed of myself, for having liked every minute of what he had just done to me.

    Just as Cal, seeing me naked emerging from the shower had found me irresistible, now looking at him in the buff, I found my own sexual arousal had grown just too strong to ignore; I knew, come what may that I wanted to fuck Cal there and then; and not only to fuck him, but fuck him in the same rough way he had just visited on me. My cock, that totally uncontrollable but reliable indicator of sexual arousal, had already automatically girded its loins for battle and was pointing its twelve, rock-hard inches aggressively at Cal, who was smiling anticipatively at me in a way which told me he knew was about to happen.

    It is difficult to walk away from one’s shadow and my Bible banging father had left me with a very large religious shadow of does and don’ts, which automatically influenced my thinking in so much of what I did in life. I recalled what was called the Golden Rule, which appears in the testaments of both Matthew and Luke, which is sort of a commandment; it reads: Do unto others as you would have them do unto you.  Based on this homily, to assuage my ever present conscience, I contorted my thinking to convince myself that I was about to do something of which I basically disapproved, but which I knew I knew I could not forego:– namely, indulge in rough sex, verging on rape.

    If you think that what I was about to do to Cal, was in accordance with the Golden Rule, then I am afraid you must think again. Trying to find some justification in my upbringing for an action of which I basically disapproved, but which, in spite of my disapproval, I knew I would enjoy, I turned the Golden Rule on its head to read: Do unto others as they have done unto you. You see the implications; to take a simple example: if someone has stolen something from you, you can steal form him with impunity: it’s simply tit for tat. It has nothing at all to do with the Golden Rule, to which I had thought, until now, that I basically subscribed wholeheartedly.

    It’s quite amazing how one can brainwash oneself when one really wants something. At that moment, I knew, in spite of my reservations that I not only wanted, but that I intended to take Cal by force and do to him exactly as what he had done to me. Both my cock and my libido were telling me the same thing: that I wanted to fuck Cal really hard. My dilemma was that I knew that I would enjoy hard-fucking Cal, both physically and spiritually, whilst simultaneously disapproving of what I was doing.

    I was saved from my moral reservations by Cal himself, who was standing there looking smilingly at me, or rather at my twelve inch boner, which was pointing directly at him, declaring its intentions as clearly as if it could speak. He put me out of my moral quandary by saying: “Go on, Tyler; you know that you want to fuck me; so just go ahead and do it; I can see from your cock, always a reliable barometer of readiness for sex, that you are all psyched up and ready to go. So, just stop communing with your navel or whatever it is you are doing right now and just get on with it.  Here just lube up your tool and let’s get down to it. I am getting quite tired of waiting for you to make your move; so now, either shit or get off the pot, before I go off the boil myself.”

    He laughed as he handed me the tube of Anolube and then flung himself flat on his back on the bed, spread his legs, invitingly offering me his anus.  After such an obvious invitation, how could I refuse? I lubed up my cock, knelt in between his legs, took one over each of my shoulders, and thrust my fuck-stick, already leaking precum in anticipation of the climax, which was to come, violently into Cal’s anus. He had invited me to fuck him, but had he known the brutal vigour which I had every intention of bringing to the act?

    Taking a leaf out of his book, I fucked him, like a man possessed by the devil, with the greatest force and speed I could muster, giving him practically the full length of my twelve inches on each stroke. It was hard work, making me sweat, as he maintained his muscular grip with his anal-sphincters on my cock throughout, which led to me coming to the edge of my own climax very rapidly.

    How I held back on my own climax, I have no idea; but the fact of the matter is that I did.  Holding myself back, only God knows how, for what seemed like forever, I concentrated on brutally battering his ass, until he cried out: “Yes; yes; that’s it Tyler.”  At that moment, I gave him the last mighty thrust with my cock, allowing myself finally to climax and dump my load deep inside his rectum, with the full length my cock buried inside of him.

    From the shudders which were racking his body, I knew that I had attained the unachievable; I had somehow managed to rough-fuck him through to his orgasm simultaneously with my own. That moment was, for me, the greatest copulative triumph of my entire sex-life to date. By my efforts alone, I had managed to imbue what was my first rough-fuck ever, with that degree of mutual enjoyment which is normally absent from such onslaughts.  I had overcome all my earlier personal reservations;  At the start, I had rough-fucked Cal without any regard for his feelings, using his body purely as a punch bag, much as he had just done with me, to satisfy my own sexual lust of the moment. But I had shown us both that rough sex, verging on rape, could be a satisfying experience for both top and bottom parties to the act, who could both reach orgasm, which seemed to me to be the essential element of all copulation.

    After my moment of triumph, which had been for me, without a shadow of a doubt, the greatest and most satisfying experience in my sex-life to date, with my cock still deeply embedded in his rectum I fell on Cal, and embraced him. I could not stop myself from giving him what he must have recognised was the kiss of a lover. To my utter delight, he returned my kiss equally passionately. With our two bodies, united as one, by the unappetising admixture of my sweat and his semen, of which, at his moment of orgasm, he had sprayed a great quantity over both our chests and stomachs, we lay there for half an hour, dozing pleasantly in the aftermath of what, for both of us, had been a revelatory sexual experience.

    It had only been 24 hours since Cal had picked me up in Bakersfield; but in those 24 hours I had learned more about gay sex than I had in my life. And I felt – I just knew – that in Cal I had found the love of my life. I could but hope that he felt the same way about me.

    Suddenly, quite brusquely, he extricated his body from under mine, pulled himself free of my cock, which he left flapping in the breeze a few moments, before saying: “Come on, Tyler; move your ass and let’s get into the shower together and wash away the sweat and the stickiness and sexy smell of man juice, which always vaguely reminds me of fish.”

    As we soaped each other up under the shower, giving ourselves the sensuous pleasure of running our hands down the other’s body. Both our cocks abandoned their flaccidity, perked themselves up anticipating renewed activity, expressing their willingness to continue as before. However neither Cal nor I rose to the challenge, as both of us realised that after two bouts of really rough sex, anything coming now would be an anticlimax to what had been a perfect start to our day.  When we left the shower and got dressed for the day, Cal said: “I’ll now show you another string to bow. In addition to being a read-hot cocks-man, a fact which you have tacitly acknowledged by emulating me, I am also also a brilliant cook. So sit yourself down at the table and I will blind you with my culinary prowess by opening a packet of cereal for you.”

    Chapter 7

    We sat at breakfast: eggs and bacon, which in spite of his flippancy, Cal had

    finally made. We indulged ourselves in a mutually self-indulgent, hedonistic round of congratulations, in which we each assured the other that he was God’s gift to gay sex; indeed, quite the best thing since the invention of sliced bread. Cal was especially lavish in his praise of my efforts, in which I had brought him to his orgasm simultaneously with my own; a feat, he claimed, which was only ever achieved by a rare few gifted studs, to which gilded group, according to him, he and I apparently belonged.

    Cal said: “Tyler, I don’t know if you realise what superb assets you possess.  You have a superb body and easily the biggest cock I had ever seen; not only is it massive, but it is also beautiful to the eye of the observer; irresistibly attractive for gay guys like me. But you also know how to use it to your own and your partner’s advantage. Tyler I don’t think you have any real idea of just how gorgeously sexy you are. With your body and that superb piece of kit between your legs, you can have anyone – man or, God forbid, woman – you want. You, Tyler Blaze will never have any difficulty in satisfying your sexual needs. What more can I say about you to inflate your ego still further, other than that when you threw to the wind just now whatever inhibitions were holding you back. You gave me – and I kid you not – the best fuck of my entire life; believe me, Tyler, when it comes to being fucked, I know my onions.”

    As I basked in this fulsome praise concerning my physical appearance and sexual capability, I thought to myself that my most pressing need at the moment, was to find a job and earn my living in LA, a city of which I knew practically nothing and in which I knew nobody other than Cal. The need to meet like minded guys, with whom I could build a satisfactory sex-life, which was a very important activity in my life and without which I would find it hard to live happily, had, for now, to take send place to finding a job – any job – that would pay me a living wage and keep the wolves from the door.

    As had just left high-school without even a diploma to my name, and have never worked, other than helping out at a local supermarket on Friday afternoons and Saturdays, I had no experience of anything beyond a very well-developed sex-life for a guy of my age.  Sitting there at breakfast in a sort of brown study, listening to Cal go on about my attractive physical appearance and my apparently outstanding sexual capabilities for a guy of my age, I suddenly felt very lonely and fearful for my own future.

    I had left home without any plan and barely $1000 to my name. For the moment, my sex-life had to take a back space, as the most important thing for me, right now, was to find a job: any job!  I realised that I had been very fortunate to meet Cal; otherwise I would have got off the bus in LA and been completely on my own, with nowhere to sleep that first night. So here I was after not only having been offered a bed for the night, but having fallen on my sexual feet with Cal, who had fortuitously turned out to have the same sexual persuasion as me, and with whom, after the briefest of acquaintances, I found myself head over heels in love. Some might have said that I was suffering from puppy love; but I knew differently; this was for real.

    I was jolted out of introspection by Cal: “Tyler, just seeing you sitting there looking as if the world was about to come to an end, I doubt that you have heard a word I have just been saying.” And what he had just said was true; I had been so engulfed by my own thoughts about my future that I had momentarily switched Cal off. He continued: “Now that you have rejoined the land of the living, why don’t you tell me what is bothering you? Something certainly is. Tyler, there is a saying: a burden shared is a burden halved. Come on, Tyler; let’s be hearing what ails you!”

    So I set out all my fears to Cal: how I had literally been thrown out of my home by my father, as he could not tolerate me, a sexual pervert, as he thought of me, living under the same roof as him; how I lacked any work experience, other than filling-up supermarket shelves; how I had no paper qualifications, not even a high-school leaving diploma to my name; how  I had very little cash to live on immediately; and finally, how I needed to find a job – any job – which would provide me with a sufficient income to support myself in a city in which I knew no-one.  I finally added that I could not go on sponging off him forever and had to pay my way.

    Cal looked at me for a moment and said: “Tyler, just stop bemoaning your position, which, as I will now explain to you, looks quite rosy to me. You say that you are in a city where you know no one; but we know each other. After what we have been through together since we met just yesterday in Bakersfield, I would say we had got to know each other very well indeed; anyway, that’s how I feel about it; it’s as if we had known each other for years not, as is the case, hours. Let’s face it; a lot of water had flowed under the bridge since we met just yesterday in Bakersfield.”

    “It will probably surprise you to know that, like you,  I come from a farming community just north of Bakersfield, where I had been to attend my father’s funeral, from which I was on my way back here, when I had the good luck – call it fate, if you wish – to pick you up.

    Well, like you, I left home, aged just eighteen, not, I admit, under such harrowing circumstances as yours,  but with no qualifications or job experience  to speak of,  because I saw that I had no future as a gay man, which I knew I was, in the God-fearing farming community into  which I had been born. My mother had died, following an unexpected stroke, a few years earlier and my father and I lived alone. Although we never mentioned the subject, I think my father knew that I, his only child, was homosexual. When, aged just eighteen, I told him that I intended to leave and make my life in LA, he said to me that if that is where I saw my future, then I should go, with his blessing, He said he did not wish to see me finish up like him, scratching a living as a hired hand on a truck-farm.”

    “So I left. Luckily, I was slightly better off than you obviously are at the moment; I had an old car and about $5000 which I had saved from several summers’ work, picking vegetables on a truck farm, which is what finally made me decide to leave home, as I did not want to spend the rest of my life doing back-breaking, low-paid work. And oh, I almost forgot: I had an iPhone, which my father had bought for me as Christmas present. How he had afforded it, given the pittance he earned on the farm, I don’t know; but I was eternally grateful; most kids at school had one and I guess he did not want me to feel left out. My iPhone and an ancient black and white TV set were the only signs of modernity in our joint lives. Otherwise, I was much as you are now; I had left high-school in the middle of term as soon as I became eighteen and left without a diploma and other than picking vegetables, the equivalent of your filling supermarket shelves, I had no work experience at all. Like you, I desperately needed to find gainful work to support myself. So you see, Tyler, our initials careers are remarkably similar.”

    “Via my iPhone, which had kept me in touch with the world beyond the Central Valley for the past year, I located a cheap hotel for the night in this semi-rundown part of LA, which, at the time, I did not know at all, but where we are now and where I have lived ever since my arrival. Just down the street from the hotel was bar, into which I went. Well, as luck had it, by chance, it turned out, to be the watering hole for the local gay community; so I felt at home immediately. Inevitably, I got talking to a young guy, who proved a sympathetic listener, so much so that I gave him potted history of my life, including the fact that I need urgently to find a job. The Gods were truly with me on that occasion, for this guy, whom I have never seen since, told me that there was new gay oriented night-club, called The Extreme, opening up just off Rodeo Drive in Beverly Hills, the swankiest community in LA County.”

    Looking at me with a critical eye, he said: “You look like a well-set-up young stud; so if you fancy that kind of work, you could do worse than go down there and check the lay of the land. I know for a fact, that last week they were still looking for young studs as waiters. I’ve not seen you stripped, but just looking at you now, you look the part. So if the idea appeals to you, I suggest you get your ass down there PDQ and see if they are still hiring.”

    “Back at the hotel, I checked on my iPhone and found a web page for The Extreme. Sure enough they were still looking for staff, so I noted the telephone number and rang for an appointment. Coming from a hick town in the Central Valley, I had never before seen a place like Rodeo Drive. To a boy from truck farming country like me, the sheer luxury of the shops was breathtaking. The new Club was in keeping with its location and judging by the luxurious décor and furnishings, the place, which was scheduled to open in two weeks, was aimed at the, numerous, super-rich of Beverly Hills,  who, as I was to learn,  spent money like it was going out of style. And there were lots of them, both gay and straight, males and females, many of whom indulged their prurient minds in the Mecca of naked male sexuality like The Extreme.”

    “It was immediately obvious from the interview that the Club was orientated towards gay sex. As an interviewee for the post of waiter, I was told by the guy, who was interviewing me, to strip naked. I could see from the expression on his face that he was immediately impressed by what he saw. He told me other than other than a tight-fitting thong to support my kit. I would be expected to wait at table practically naked; not even my bubble- butt would be covered, as the cock-thong was backless. Having a body and a cock, of which I was, and, for that matter, still am, inordinately proud and being an exhibitionist at heart, I had no objection to sporting my sexuality quasi-nude. In fact, I welcomed the opportunity to flaunt my physique in front of an admiring audience. Needless to say, I was offered a job as a waiter, to start in two weeks time.”

    “After about a month as a waiter, I was summoned to meet the Big White Chief, which is how we, the Indians, referred to the owner of the Club, a Mr Abraham Silverstein – Abe, as I now call him. He motioned me to remove the only thing I was wearing: my cock-thong, He looked intently at my dick, which though in no way comparable with yours, is, nevertheless, bigger than most. He offered me an increased salary if I would become a stripper and perform on stage twice nightly. So there you have it; that is how I came to be a male-stripper at a gay night-Club, which is what I now do for a living. And, as I told you, being an exhibitionist at heart, I love what I am doing. I just love showing off my body and my endowment in front of an adoring audience”

    “Why am I telling you all this? Well for a very good reason; since becoming a stripper, I have become the star turn at the Club. I am the guy who brings in the crowds; they come specifically to see me strip. I am the Club’s equivalent of a star male ballet dancer: the primo ballerino asssoluto. Abe, the Club owner, realises just how important I have become to his business and he has asked me to consider performing a live gay sex act on stage and to come up with an idea. He wants to introduce on stage live-sex to draw in more customer, and he wants me not only to devise act, but to perform in it myself.”

    “Now, I don’t know how you would feel about sexually exploiting your body for filthy lucre, which is, I believe, the vulgar expression for what I presently do to earn my living; but, in my view, with your body  and a totally exceptional cock, you would be an instant star.  As you are desperately in need of a job, and have no qualifications, I wonder if you would consider teaming up with me and exploiting the things you do have: your body and your phenomenal cock, which, believe me, from personal experience, I know that you know how to use to perfection. You, Tyler, are just like me: we both love fucking ass and I know that Abe Silverstein, the Club owner, would jump at a chance to have you on his books as one of his performers.”

    “Look, Tyler, when I left home two years ago I had no intention of making my career in the sex industry; I became a sex-worker by accident. But now I am in it, I enjoy the work enormously and would not do anything else. Quite frankly, Tyler, you are both a narcissist and an exhibitionist at the same time; you are in love with your own beautiful body and dick; but you also like to show them off to others.  And why should you not, given your exceptional physical attributes? And the way you enjoy sex, my guess is that you would enjoy working in a gay Club. You could at least explore the possibilities by coming along to the Club and seeing what what we do and at least talk to Abe Silverstein, the owner. I know for a fact that he is looking to set on two new waiters at the moment. So that could be your entry to greater things. Remember, I started as a waiter and am now rated as the star of the present shown. Believe me, Tyler, you have all it takes to become a sex star; all you need is to get started. So what do you think?”

    What did I think? To paraphrase Shakespeare’s Hamlet: To fuck or not to fuck for money that was the question. Quite frankly, whether immediately or at some time in the future, it was a question which had never even crossed my mind. But Cal had put his finger on it right away when he had said that I obviously love fucking, which was truism if ever there was oneI knew that having sex regularly had become the most important preoccupation of my life; an activity, without which, I could not live.

    Cal had also perceptively seen that he and I were two of a kind. We both loved sex and were both exhibitionists.  I had never thought of myself as such, but faced with the cold fact, I realised that Cal had had been right in labelling me a narcissistic exhibitionist. Given half a chance, I knew I would be delighted to flaunt my body before an admiring audience. Whether or not I would enjoy or could even allow myself to have sex with a partner in front an audience was another matter; I just did not know, as the occasion had never arisen. But I already saw a nightmare scenario, in which my cock refused to rise to the occasion at the critical moment. I was well aware, at least from my own experience, of how little control a man had of his own cock.

    I was acutely aware that my penis, my most cherished possession, had a mind of its own; it had not the slightest compunction in making its desires known. It had no hesitation in becoming stridently rigid and embarrassing me at the most inconvenient of moments. Of course, I was aware that it was merely reflecting my own sexual desires of the moment, which I myself understood could not always be satisfied there and then. But my cock seemed sublimely unaware of this fact, as it trumpeted its desire for its moment in the sun – or rather in some other man’s anus – at the most inopportune of occasions, by tenting my trousers with its flag-pole rigidity.

    What I did know for a fact, when still at school, I had had no difficulty in indulging in sex with several other guys simultaneously. This was, however, a far cry from having sex with a partner in front of an audience.  However, as I needed desperately to find work, cajoled by Cal, I agreed to meet Abe – Abraham Silverstein – the Club’s owner, ostensibly in search of a job as a waiter. So the next evening I went along with Cal to the Club, see him and his co-workers in action and meet Abraham Sliverstein himself.

    What can I tell you about the Club? It was revelation for me, a preacher’s son, who had never, in my life, been in any sort of Club, let alone a gay night-Club. The waiters were all physically attractive, practically nude, young men with muscular bodies and prominent bulges between their legs, where their kit was contained in a simple, tight fitting, backless cock-thong designed to accentuate their sexual endowments. Viewed from the front they all displayed a sizable, sexy-looking bulge, while from the rear they appeared to be completely naked.

    I can tell you that my own cock was already on its upward journey at the sight of so much eminently fuckable, male flesh in one place at one time.  I marvelled that they all seemed to have their cocks totally disciplined, as there was no sign of a boner anywhere. Quite frankly, I was so aroused just by looking around me that I could readily have fucked all of them, there and then, one after the other. It was just the most erotic place I had ever been in my entire life; and the reason for my arousal, were the young studs just waiting at table, doing nothing more, nothing less!

    But the naked waiters faded into the background, when the stripper floor show began at eleven o’clock.  I say, floor show, as there was a small dance floor on which male-male couples, mingled with male-female couples, were dancing to disco music  But the floor show took place on a small stage at the side of a room And what an eye-opener it was for me, seeing, for the first time, several muscular well-endowed where-it-counted young men shed the small cock-thongs supporting their sex-kit, without a trace of embarrassment and vaunt their all with considerable flourish, in front of an audience, both male and female, a large part of which was practically salivating at the mouth with desire.

    It was quite a different matter than showering with one’s classmates after sports at school. It moved male nudity into the realms of the sexually erotic, making all the performers sexually desirable. I hate to admit it, but I was myself as sexually aroused, as the audience evidently was, by was by the sheer eroticism of the gorgeously attractive young men who were stripping off in front of us. Being totally honest with myself, given half a chance, as with the waiters, I could happily have fucked any or all of the strippers before us.

    Cal came on alone as the star of the show. He entered as if he were the primo ballerino assoluto, the absolute the star male dancer of the evening, which I guess he was, making his dramatic entrance as in a classical ballet. And the resemblance to a ballet did not end there; it was obvious that Cal’s superb performance had been choreographed by a professional, who had thought out and trained him in every movement of his entire routine. Cal stripping on stage was an absolute triumph of erotic suggestion, which had entire audience sitting on the edge of their seats and biting their nails, in nervous anticipation of what was to come. At the moment of ultimate denouement, when Cal finally discarded his only garment, the skimpy cock thong he had been wearing and gave the audience their first sight of his all, which, I can assure you, was well worth looking at, he received an enormous round of well merited applause.

    I had already fallen in love with Cal, whom I had only known for two days. But seeing him perform on stage and share his beautiful attributes visually, with a group of people, who were paying to see him perform, made me feel very privileged that I shared his body – and he mine – in a much more intimate than just with our eyes. I can tell you that seeing Cal on stage, although I knew he was tantamount to prostituting his physical assets to earn his living, in my eyes he could do no wrong. At that moment, I would have done anything for him. I was, as the saying has it: head over heels in love with the guy.

    And so I began to see what one aspect of a male-stripper’s life involved.  It seemed preferable to me to becoming a so-called male- escort, who sold his sexual prowess to an ever-changing spectrum of male clients who had the financial means to find their sexual fulfilment in fucking and being fucked by a professional group of men, who earned their living by selling access to their cocks and anuses, to all comers. However, the main purpose in my first visit to the Club, in addition to seeing what Cal actually did for a living, was to meet the owner, Abe – Abraham Silverstein, and hopefully be offered a job.

    I had already decided that I liked the idea of working almost naked with a group of young studs, who like Cal and me, were probably all gay. It was just the sort of environment which suited my sex-oriented personality and where I would feel comfortable. It was also a place, in which I could realise my hitherto hidden desire, which Cal had perceptively recognised, to show off my body, which, leaving false modesty aside, I knew was rather special. After all, how often does one come across a guy with a muscular body like mine, who has a blockbuster penis, which he knows how to use and is not embarrassed either to us it or to show it off?

    The fact of the matter was that I knew that I had a truly exceptional cock, which was almost ten inches long when flaccid and just over a foot long when rigid and ready for action. I knew I had something out of the ordinary to offer; and I just knew that it was the sort of place where I could make my mark.

    Abe began: “Well, Tyler, Cal here, who is our most valued employee, has extolled your virtues and has already told me a lot about you. I hear that you have just arrived in LA and are looking for a job. Cal has suggested to me that you might be suitable for one of the vacant positions of waiter here at the Club. Now you have seen the sort of – let is call it – livery, which the waiters wear to do their job and I take it that you would be willing to take a job in which you would be practically naked the whole time, otherwise you would not be here right now.”

    “Let me be quite clear, Tyler; this place is a gay sex-Club, where folks of all sexual persuasions come to feast their eyes on a bevy of attractive, virtually naked, sexy-looking young waiters, who, together with the strippers, are jointly the key to our enormous success; and I would stress that this Club is very successful, as it is full to capacity very night. Given the importance of the physical appearance of the key staff, it will not surprise you if I now ask you to strip naked so that I can judge for myself your physical suitability for a post here. Seeing is believing and I need to see each and every candidate with my own eyes, before I make him an offer of a job.”

    As Abe had said, I was not at all surprised to be asked to exhibit myself naked in front of my potential future employer; so I quickly  shed all my clothes and stood, totally unembarrassed, stark naked, in front of Abe and Cal.  My wilful cock had decided to behave itself and remained flaccid. It nevertheless insisted on its presence as the key part my anatomy, as it descended gracefully over my balls, in a. visually attractive ten-inch curve. I saw from the awestruck look on Abe’s face as he took in my incredible endowment – and believe me it truly was an incredible sight – that he was mightily impressed by what he was seeing.

    He then said: “Tyler, I don’t think you want to make your debut into the commercial world of gay sex as a waiter; you are just too well equipped to waste your time waiting on tables. In fact, I have never seen a guy with a more beautiful body with a bigger dick than you in my life; and believe me. I’ve seen a hell of a lot in my time. What I suggest the two of you do, is to go away and come up with a live sex act which you two could perform together and most importantly, would be willing to perform on stage at his Club. I know I am asking a lot of you; but live sex is where his business is going; so you might as well face facts and be in from the start, otherwise you may be left behind.  Trust me; I have a nose for these things.”

    “Oh, Tyler, before I forget; I hope you will not be offended if I become personal give you a piece of advice; I think you should get your dick cut. For some reason you were not circumcised a birth. Uncircumcised studs are kind of a no no in the professional gay sex business. Removal of your foreskin will improve your already stunning appearance, but also from personal standpoint you will find that fucking your partner will be much more comfortable than you find it now.”

    “Just looking at your cock in its present floppy state I see that your foreskin is already stretched to the limit over the sizeable cock-head, but that over half the head still remains bare. When you are having sex, I think that you must probably find it uncomfortable to have your foreskin stretched to the limit and still have a good half of your head exposed. I think that purely from a personal point of view, you should bite the bullet and get yourself circumcised. You will find having sex much more comfortable and also look much better without your foreskin, which is anyway too small and not fit for purpose.”

    “If you need surgeon, I can recommend a good one, who specializes in adult circumcision. His name is Emmanuel Cohen; his surgery is just off Rodeo Drive, a few minutes’ walk from here.” Although Abe had not spelled it out, he had left me with the impression that any job at the Club would be conditional on my going under the knife and saying farewell to the offending bit of flesh: A daunting thought, I can tell you!

    Chapter 8

    It was three in the morning by the time we got back to Cal’s place. Although I would have liked nothing more than to have had sex with him, we were both too tired even to think of trying to raise the flag,

    Next morning, over breakfast, we chewed the fat over what Abe Sliverstein wanted us to do. It was obvious from the meeting yesterday, that I had no future as a waiter at the Club, as Abe already saw me as being a key element in the live sex-act, which he wished to introduce. I have to say that I felt both disappointed and flattered: disappointed because I still had no job, which I desperately needed; but flattered as Abe had immediately seen me as a key player in the new direction in which he intended for the Club:  on stage live, gay sex. But that was in the future; what I needed was a job right then.

    Abe was a perceptive old bird, and he had out his finger on the one thing which had bothered me for quite some time; in reality, since I first started having sex regularly with other guys: the fact that I had an uncut cock. I wondered why my parents had not had me circumcised as a baby, as is the case with most American male children; but for some reason, they had not. The result was that I had been left with an ugly and unwanted piece of foreskin, much too small for purpose. As my cock had grown to its present impressive size, for some reason the growth of my foreskin had not kept pace with the growth of the shaft and cockhead; so even when I was soft, my titchty piece of foreskin only managed to cover part of my considerable cockhead.

    Abe had been right in that active sex, involving my cock as distinct from my anus, had proved ever more uncomfortable as my cock had grown in size. What regularly happened when I fucked butt, especially of guys like Cal, who in addition to having a tight anus also gripped my shaft with his anal muscles during intercourse, was that my foreskin sometimes rolled itself back into a tight ring, which settled itself like a wedding ring, directly in the rim beneath my cockhead, making sex if not actually painful, at least uncomfortable. The solution was simple: get myself circumcised. But I can tell, you, aged eighteen, as I was at the time, just the thought of allowing someone loose with a scalpel on my most precious possession filled me with fear.

    But we were not yet there; first  Cal and I had to decide whether we we prepared to participate in a live sex act on stage and then come up with the choreography for  an act, which was sufficiently attractive to sell – figuratively speaking, of course – to Abe Silverstein. After much verbally-heated toing and froing, airing the pros and cons of the idea, during which I expressed to Cal my worst fear that my cock might refuse to play ball at the critical moment, he finally persuaded me to go along with the idea. Both of us had experience of group sex; but there was a world of difference between having sex with a group of guys, all of whom were participating in the act itself and having anal and oral sex  before an audience who – crudely, but accurately put – were paying to see a group of guys fuck each other.

    And so, we put together an act, in which Cal and I were the leading protagonists throughout. The Grand Finale, to give it an imposing name, was what I can but describe as a four-man, fellatio-copulative, tour de force, to be enacted by Cal and me as principal protagonists, plus two other guys.

    We went along one morning to the Club and presented our idea for a fifteen minute live-sex act, worked out in the finest detail to Abe, who metaphorically bought the idea lock, stock and barrel. To avoid repeating myself, I will save the details of what we actually did during the act until later.

    The first question which Abe asked was: “How long do you guys think you will need to get your act up and running?”   After a lengthy discussion, we agreed that a month would probably be long enough.  Our first task was to find several ther good-looking hunks of young male muscle, who would be willing to participate in a live sex show themselves. The Club had about twenty, well-set-up male strippers on its books, and so we began by asking them if they would be willing to go beyond the soft porn act of stripping on stage and move into what can but be called hard porn.

    Surprisingly enough, we had little difficulty at all recruiting from among the Club’s present strippers, several young studs who were willing – in some cases, even eager – to earn more money by allowing their bodies to be used for live sex acts on the stage. But in addition to the actors and the rehearsing of the routine, there were the special props to be designed and made.

    I was overjoyed to have obtained a job, even if the starting date and salary, which, by the way, was very generous, were at least a month away. But to my great surprise Abe, who clearly saw me as a key protagonist in the live sex routine, called me into his office and made me an offer, which I could not refuse.

    “I have been thinking things over and have decided that as you have no prior experience of any kind of work, let alone acting on stage, whether in a live sex routine or otherwise, the best thing would be for you to join us immediately as a trainee stripper and get some experience of exposit yourself naked before an audience. I know you have incredible physique on offer and I am sure you will be a success; but you need to know how to use your assets. So here’s the deal; you join immediately as a trainee stripper.  That way you will get some experience of showing yourself naked on stage, before appearing as one of the key performers in what, let’s face it, is a ground breaking routine.”

    He then came back to the fact that he thought I should get my cock circumcised. Although not spelled out in words, it became clear to me that getting my cock cut was a non-negotiable condition of the deal I was being offered. The deal was, quite frankly, financially very generous for an eighteen year-old, with no previous work experience whatsoever. I was clear to me that Abe really wanted me to join his outfit as he continued:

     “I believe in looking after my employees, who are, at the end of the day, all I have to offer the public. So once you are on the books as a registered employee, you will have full health insurance, which is paid for by the company, I think we can swing the necessary operation on your cock that we discussed previously, on the insurance.  I have already taken the liberty to discuss the matter with the surgeon I mentioned to you previously, Dr. Emmanuel Cohen, who is a close personal friend, who will resolve the problem for you. In fact he is waiting for you to call him for an appointment; so since you are in agreement, why don’t I give him a ring right now and make an appointment for him to see you?”

    As I also privately agreed with Abe about the question of ridding my cock forever of that irritating foreskin and having myself full circumcised, I allowed him to go ahead and and book me an appointment with Dr. Cohen. Talk about Speedy Gonzales; I listened to Abe make an appointment for me to visit Dr Cohen – Mannie as he called him – that very afternoon at two o’clock.  I saw that I had been forced to bite the bullet bucket and make a decision; or better put, I had had a decision made for me, which  I knew I would myself have forever put off making until that tomorrow,  the day which never comes. I saw that I had literally been rail-roaded into setting the wheels in motion for submitting myself to the knife, for which, to jump ahead, I found myself feeling ever more grateful in the future, as it made my very active sex-life much more comfortable and enjoyable.

    But Abe has still not finished, as he continued: “If I were you, when you see Dr Cohen this afternoon, I should fix as early a date as possible to get the operation over and done with. In my view, you will need two weeks for your dick to heal and Cal, you and the team will need several weeks to rehearse and perfect your act and come to terms with the fact that you will be engaged in acts of hardcore pornography, in front of an audience, which is paying an arm and a leg to see you perform. So I want everything to be absolutely perfect from the word go. I expect a demonstration of high quality fucking on stage from all of you and not, to make a pun, a monumental fuck-up. I’ve invested a great deal in this idea and I am depending on you, Cal and your team to deliver. Everything:  absolutely everything must be perfect.”

    Chapter 9

    I had seen Abe alone; and Cal was waiting for me outside. I told him what had transpired and how I had been more or less bulldozed into an appointment that very afternoon with a surgeon. “Abe sure does not waste time when he want something; and he sure wants me circumcised PDQ, if not sooner. He has not spelled it out, but he has left me with the impression that I must get my cock attended to if I want the job. Anyway he had arranged an appointment to see Dr. Cohen, who is a friend of his whom he calls Manny, this afternoon at three. Apparently his office is just two blocks away.”

    “Cal, it’s not that I object to having myself circumcised; in fact,  I have been thinking about it for quite some time, even before I met you and came to LA. You have seen my tool, which is large by any standards; but it ahd one problem: my foreskin is much too small and is tightly stretched over my cock-head, which makes fucking, my favourite pastime, uncomfortable for me.  I suppose Abe’s insistence on getting myself circumcised is something that I would have done on my own, but perhaps no right now. I can tell you, Cal, that just the thought of letting someone loose with a scalpel on my fuck-stick, gives me the willies. Anyway, thanks to Abe, the clock is now ticking; and, I suppose, in spite of my fears, I welcome it, as it is forcing  me into doing something, which I have known, for quite some time, is necessary for the enjoyment of my sex life.”

    Cal and I went to get something to eat. We then swanned around Rodeo Drive, window shopping, until the appointed hour of two o’clock when we entered Dr. Cohen’s office. I confess it was with a palpitating heart that I left Cal in the waiting room and went in to see the surgeon. Dr Cohen turned out to be a kindly looking, elderly man, who tried to set me at my ease for what was, for me, inevitably destined to be a somewhat embarrassing and delicate discussion. It turned out to be much easier than I thought.

    “Abe Silverstein has told me of your problem.  First of all, I would like to examine you to see exactly what I shall be dealing with. So, if you would to move into the room next door, take off your lower garments and lie on the examination table, I need to take a first look at you and see what needs to be done.”

    Of course, I complied with his request. I saw from his face, when he first saw the size of my penis that he was impressed; but then anyone seeing me for the first time always was.

    “Yes, I see you are suffering from a foreskin which is much too small for purpose. Your shaft has grown apace; but your foreskin has not followed suit, so that it now barely covers half the head of your penis, even when it is at rest and soft, as it now is, And I can see that when you copulate, which, I presume being a virile young man, you frequently do, your foreskin becomes so stretched over the head of your penis that it makes sexual intercourse uncomfortable, if not downright painful painful for you.”

    “Well, that’s the bad news. The good news is that your problem is quite common among young men of your age and is easily corrected by surgically removing the offending foreskin. It is a routine, procedure, completely painless, done under local anaesthetic and which does not need hospitalization. It is a procedure which I perform several several times each week in an operating room attached to my surgery here. The full recovery time is normally a maximum of fourteen days, during which you must refrain from active sexual intercourse, involving your penis.”

    “Now, as Abe Silverstein has told me that you are eager to get the thing over and done with as soon as possible, I could operate on you tomorrow morning at ten o’clock, if that would be convenient for you. I exceptionally have a slot available, as a patient has just cancelled his appointment for exactly the same operation as I will be performing on you. May I take it that you accept my offer? My operating schedule is full for the next four weeks, which would keep you waiting for quite some time.”

    Needless to say, push had come to shove much sooner than I had expected, which, given my dithering attitude, was probably a good thing. With nervous trepidation, I reluctantly accepted his offer to submit my cock to his ministrations with the knife, tomorrow morning. I suspected, given his insistence that I be fully circumcised as soon as possible, that Abe had set me up with his friend, Manny Cohen and that the pair of them had conspired together to ensure that my problem was dealt with immediately.

    When I told Cal that I had an appointment to go under the knife, and thought that I had been the victim of a conspiracy, he simply laughed and said: “Well, Tyler, as Abe and you wanted the same thing. I don’t see that it makes any odds. You have been fast tracked into getting something done which you yourself also wanted done, but which, your shilly-shallying and inability to bite the bullet prevented you from making the decision yourself. You should be thankful that Abe wants you badly enough to work for him that he has taken the decision for you. I am completely with him; you will look a lot better and even sexier than you look now, if that is possible, once you are circumcised and have got rid of that annoying bit of foreskin”

    “And let me just tell another thing. What Abe told you about swinging the cost of your op. onto the health insurance, was a load of hogwash. Health insurers do not pay for what is cosmetic surgery and beautifying your dick certainly falls into that category. Abe just wants you so badly to work for him and I can well see why:  you have a totally exceptional dick, which as Abe sees it, will propel you stardom as a porn star; and, in so doing will earn him a lot of money. I might add that I am almost sure that Abe is going to pay Mannie Cohen for your operation out of his own pocket.”

    “Look at the incentives he has given you as he knows you have no money and have got to have job. He has arranged for you to be circumcised, to render your already magnificent tool absolutely perfect and fit for purpose; he is paying you to wait on table while your cock is healing after the op; and he is also paying you for several weeks to rehearse our new, live-sex routine of which, as you and I both already know, you will be the star. Open your eyes, Tyler. You, young man, thanks to your magnificent phallus, are Abe’s golden boy; you had better begin believing that is true because it is. You, Tyler Blaze are Abe’s great white hope for the future.”

    “So come on, lover-boy, let’s get back home so that I can enjoy your dick in all its uncut pristine glory, at least one last time before it goes under the knife tomorrow, from which it will emerge improved, but changed forever. You should make the most of this evening, as from tomorrow, you will not be able to fuck me, or for that matter, anyone else, for at least two weeks. I may find myself with a guy exhibiting acute withdrawal symptoms on my hands, which I will, of course, with my own limited means attempt to alleviate”

    “So, Tyler, for the next two weeks, you will have to be thankful for small mercies. By the way, the word small refers not to the size of my cock, which even my most jaundiced of critics could never refer to as being small, but to the fact that for the next two weeks, whilst your own cock is convalescing, I shall be attempting to compensate, in my own small way, for the sexual deprivation that having your cock out of action will inevitably bring in its wake. To paraphrase a well-known saying: a cock in need is a friend indeed.”

    It had not escaped me that Cal had just said: “Come on, lover-boy, let’s get back home.” Was it a slip of the tongue that he had used the word, home, rather than saying, my place? After all it was his apartment. Did it imply that, in spite of our brief acquaintance, he saw me as a permanent companion: that his apartment was our home – his and mine – and not just his place, where I was just a bird of passage? I have already told you that I had fallen head over heels in love with Cal. The thing I wished for more than anything in the world at that moment was for him to feel the same way about me.

    What was clear was that immediately we arrived back at the apartment we both wanted the same thing: sex with each other. We tore of our clothes and went into the bedroom, where I seized the initiative and pushed Cal flat on his back on the bed. I reached for the tube of Anolube, which was still to hand on the bedside table,  anointed my cock, which was totally ready for sex and leaking pre-cum like it was going out of style, generously with lubricant, knelt down  between Cal’s legs  and forced myself into him in one smooth, powerful thrust.  I then proceeded to give his anus absolute hell, as I pounded it like a man possessed, until I could hold back no longer, when with one final thrust, I climaxed into the greatest orgasm I had ever experienced. I deposited, tsunami-like, what seemed gallons of my semen deep inside of Cal.

    I knew what I had just done to Cal, bore no relationship to sexual love-making whatsoever; it was just pure raw, rough sex, dedicated to satisfying my momentary, uncontrollable, libido. As soon as I realised what I had done, I felt ashamed, even though I had come to accept that rough sex was part and parcel of our relationship. The fact that both of us – especially me – had enjoyed what I had just done, cut no ice with my ever present conscience, which reminded me that I basically did not approve of one-sided sex, where only one partner achieved orgasm. It was a feeling, which I sensed I would never shake off; it would be like a millstone around my neck for the rest of my life.

    But we are the way we are and not the way we would like ourselves to be. Cal’s attitude was quite different to mine, as he had a much more relaxed attitude to sex. He took what I suppose is the rough with the smooth, even if the act satisfied only one partner. It was, of course, Cal, who had introduced me to the concept of rough sex, when he had jumped on me and virtually raped me. I had allowed him to continue as I had quickly found that I was enjoying every second of the cock-whipping he was visiting on my ass. But I also saw his other side: that he was not insensitive to the needs of his partner, as he had shown me that the top could achieve orgasm for both his partner and himself by dint of persistent use of his penis alone.

    Having just rough fucked Cal, I did not allow him to address my anus immediately as I wanted to show him just how much I loved him. So after kissing him profusely on the mouth, which I was overjoyed to see he returned equally firmly, I smothered his body with kisses, before taking  his cock into my mouth and sucking it lovingly. It was, for me an utterly heavenly moment, when, for the second time, I slid myself inside his rectum, and proceeded very gently to fuck him through to orgasm. When he climaxed, he added still more of his semen to the pool of sweat and jism between between our two bodies. I managed to hold myself back long enough to fuck him through to his climax, before achieving my own second orgasm and adding to the already copious load of semen I had already deposited inside him.

    Quite frankly, I was deliriously happy with my performance; I had enjoyed a rough fuck in which I had just satisfied my own libido; but I had then gone on and made true love to Cal, with whom I was now deeply in love. As we lay there in each other’s arms as lovers, enjoying the afterglow of two acts of sexual union, which had satisfied both of us, I whispered those magic words, Cal, I love you, into his ear.

    “Tell me something I don’t already know,” he said laughingly. “Well, Tyler, it may be gratifying for you to know that the sentiment is reciprocated. No one who is not in love with his partner, could have given me the tender, loving care, which you lavished on me just now. You have quickly become a master at rough sex, which, in spite of your reservations, you find exhilarating when in the mood, which you obviously were just now. You, Tyler Blaze, you are a gorgeously beautiful young man, with a magnificent cock, which you know how use to perfection and I consider myself very privileged that you share it with me. I can tell you, with my hand on my heart, that the best thing I ever did in my life was to stop in Bakersfield and pick you up, just a few days ago.”

    “Well, there we are, Tyler, we both now know how we feel about each other. So after that battering you just gave my ass, I so hungry that I could eat a horse. So, why don’t we get cleaned up and go and find something to eat. When we come back, I can show you how I intend to take care of you during your two weeks’ convalescence, while your cock is out of action.” As was his manner, he then added, laughingly: “Ah, the burdens we are prepared to bear when we are in love!”

    I can tell you that it was the happiest man in the world who allowed is lover to soap him up in the shower that evening.  I could hardly believe my luck that I had not even been hitch hiking when I had been picked up by a man, with whom I had fallen in love; a love which I now knew was mutual. We ate quickly and returned home – I already thought of Cal’s apartment as our home – and spent a few hours, in which Cal alternated between making love to me and battering my ass with his dick, at both of which he was a consummate master. We finally both fell asleep exhausted, to wake, next morning, to the very day, on which I was to lose my foreskin under the scalpel of Dr. Cohen.

    Cal allowed me no second thoughts, as, after another shower, he and I breakfasted together before leaving the apartment for my appointment. My cock was scheduled to go under the knife at ten o’clock that morning and I appreciated the moral support of Cal, who assured me that it was routine, minor procedure and that I had nothing to worry about. Had I been left my own devices, I would probably have chickened out and not turned for the appointment. I frankly admit that I was still shit-scared by what was about to happen to my cock

    Cal waited for me while Dr. Cohen did the deed which would change the appearance of my cock forever. Lying there completely naked on the operating table as I was, he began by giving me an injection in my arm of some product which he said would prevent my penis from becoming erect and gorged with blood duping the operation. Another man, who, as I later learned, was the anaesthesiologist, then gave me a second injection somewhere in my lower abdomen, which effectively anaesthetised my balls and penis. As Dr. Cohen had previously assured me, removal of my foreskin was completely painless and half an hour later, I was allowed to get up from the operating table a changed man; my penis had been rid of the annoying foreskin and I was now fully circumcised.

    Dr. Cohen had neatly stitched together the two cut edges where he had sliced away the offending foreskin and I stood up with my cock swathed in purpose designed bandages. These consisted of two components. The actual circumferential cut below the cock-head was protected by a thimble-like cap, which fitted glove-like over the head itself and protected the circumferential cut beneath the rim, which needed to heal. A hole had been left in the tip of the cap to permit me to pee without disturbing the bandage. This purpose made device was held in place by two strings which were tied around my scrotum. The whole was held neatly in place by a tube of some elasticised cloth, which had been rolled like a condom over the full length of my shaft.

    Dr. Cohen gave me a number of strict, non-negotiable instructions: “For seven day, you must take one of the pills I am about to give you, each morning before breakfast. For 24 hours, they will prevent you from having an erection which could lead to bleeding before the surgical cuts have had time to knit together. Twice a week, you must come here to allow your dressing to be changed and to allow me to see that everything is progressing normally. You cannot, of course, fuck, or more politely put have sexual intercourse, involving your own penis, for the next two weeks.”

    “Tyler, it is not usual for me to comment on any patient’s physique, but I have to tell you that I have never seen or operated on such a magnificent penis as yours. I feel quite honoured to have been the one to have been permitted to remove your foreskin, which, quite frankly, being a Jew myself, I see as a ritual obligation for all new born Jewish boys’ and most Americans, whether Jewish or not, agree with me; statistically some 71% of all American males have been circumcised. However in your case it was not a ritual circumcision but a medical necessity, as your foreskin was just too tight and would have caused you perpetual problems with your sex life.”

    “But necessity has turned into a virtue; the operation I have  just performed on you is by way also of being a piece of cosmetic surgery, which, as you will see for yourself, when the bandages are removed, has turned your already splendid penis into a uniquely magnificent object of which you can and should be justifiably proud. Tyler, believe me when I say that you will never regret never regret losing your foreskin. In my view, categorically, you will be the envy of every guy who sees you.”

    “Now, knowing what Abe has told me of his plans for you  and seeing the guy,  who is waiting to take you home,  I can well imagine that you have a very active sex life. I venture to suppose that you and the young man, who is waiting to take you home, are sort of an item. I also can imagine, having seen you and knowing what you do for a living, that to be faced with no sex for two weeks must feel like being exiled to Siberia. However I see no reason for you not to play the passive role in any sexual relationship during the two week prohibition period, provided during the first week you take the pills that I have given you to prevent yourself having an erection. Need I say more?”

    I was as happy as a sandboy as Cal drove me home and I recounted to him how things had gone: “Dr. Cohen had the impression that I was already a key employee working at the Club. He also kind of assumed that you and I were an item, which I sincerely hope we are in the process of becoming. He said he did not wish to deprive me of my active sex life for two weeks, which he compared to being exiled to Siberia.  So although my cock is off limits for active sex whilst it is healing, he saw no reason to forbid me playing what he delicately described as the passive role in any sexual encounter. In other words, Cal, although I am prohibited from fucking you for two weeks, you have carte blanche to fuck me. I suppose I should be grateful for small mercies; after all, half a loaf is better than no bread.”

    For the two weeks of my convalescence, Cal fucked me nightly.  But I discovered a different Cal to the hail fellow well met, whom I had previously experienced, as he showed me his gentler side and truly made love to me. Each time he fucked me, which was more or less every night, he made sure that he took me through to orgasm. Even during the first week after the operation, when I was taking the pills to prevent me having an erection, by dint of his persistence during intercourse, he made sure that I always had an orgasm, even when my cock remained soft. I had fallen in love with him the first time we had had sex together; but in playing my enforced passive role, I saw, from the way he had treated me that he was now just  as deeply love with me as I was with him. We did not need words to confirm what we both knew: we were an item.

    The moment of truth arrived, after two weeks the last bandages came off and I was able to view my modified penis for the first time. I can but say that I was impressed by the visual improvement that the removal of a small piece of foreskin had had on my cock.  My cock- head, which, like the sun, partially behind a fleeting cloud, had previously been partly hidden from view by that irritating piece of foreskin, was now visible and positively glowing in all its pristine glory. I saw that Dr. Cohen had performed a masterly circumcision, leaving no trace whatsoever of the offending foreskin. Thanks to his expertise, although my cock was at present flaccid, my cockhead now stood out proudly, set off from my shaft by a well-defined rim.

    That evening, back at home, Cal handed me an elaborately gift-wrapped package: “After your enforced spell in the desert, with no active sex possible, I thought I would give you a welcome home gift, which would encourage you to take up your former activity again as an active sex partner, which I can tell you, I have myself missed as much as I imagine you have. I know that you have not been totally deprived of the life-blood of our joint existence during your enforced abstinence. But that having been said, I know how I would have felt myself to have been forbidden to have active sex with my partner for two weeks, which for guys as sexually active as we two are, must have seemed like an age for you.”

    “Anyway I thought I would give you a welcome home present, which I hope will help confirm our unity if that is even necessary and will encourage you to resume your former activity as vigorously as ever. I can tell you, Tyler, with my hand on my heart, I have missed being fucked by you much as I imagine you have missed fucking me.  I know that neither of us has exactly been totally deprived; but let’s face it; the past two weeks have been a bit one sided. But, Tyler, beggars cannot be choosers; and the alternative, total abstinence, would have been just too awful even to think about.”

    “Come on, Tyler, open up your present and let me know what you think. It is something, or perhaps more accurately; some things, which will make our joint sex life, if not actually better, at least less messy.”

    I tore the wrapping paper off the package and laughed out loud when I found a box of what the legend on the carton proclaimed were 100 Imperial Condoms. The brand, Ultimate Pleasure, was one of which I had never heard, but which already smacked of China. On the odd occasion I had used a condom, I had always bought the well-known American Trojan brand: Closer inspection showed that they had indeed been imported from that workshop of the world, which seems to produce literally every conceivable – and I might add, every unconceivable – object that man might ever desire. I opened the carton to find 100 neatly packed foil-wrapped condoms, which a message printed on the inside of the lid, read:

    You have shown your discernment and refinement by choosing Ultimate Pleasure Imperial Condoms, designed to enhance the sexual pleasure for men of extra-large endowment. Like all Ultimate Pleasure condoms these Imperial Condoms are pre-lubricated and suitable immediate use without additional lubrication. All Ultimate Pleasure condoms are suitable for both vaginal and anal sexual intercourse.

    Manufactured by Rising Sun Latex Products Company.

    Shanghai – People’s Republic of China

    “You may be laughing right now,” said Cal, “But as head of this household, someone has to take decisions. As we are both as randy as hell and fuck like rabbits, I have decided from now on that we should both wear a condom when having what is politely known as sexual intercourse, casually referred to by the likes of you and me, as having a fuck.  We both inevitably seem to emit generous quantities of our semen which makes a sticky mess of everything it touches. The mess made, by whichever of us happens to be bottoming at the time, is particularly annoying, as his whole load is dumped directly onto the bed-sheets, between which we are later to sleep. So, I thought, purely in the interests of keeping the place liveable, if we both used a condom when we fuck, at the point of orgasm might avoid the worst of the inevitable; the highly undesirable, sticky spin-off from what has to be just the most enjoyable pastime of all time. Oh why, oh why does gay sex have to be so messy?”

    I could see the sense of what Cal was saying; and let’s face it we were both very active sexually. And so, I went along with his suggestions, which had sounded a bit like a non-negotiable dictum. But I noticed that he had said: “As head of this household,” which obviously included me. It was a statement which reinforced my feeling of permanence; as if in the light of what had passed between us, that was even necessary.  And so, I began my post-operation sex life with Cal always using a condom.

    Chapter 10

    As Cal had predicted, Abe had indeed picked up the entire tab with Dr. Cohen. I had agreed with Abe that during my convalescence I would wait table at the Club. In the event, Abe told me that I should skip coming to work until the the bandages were removed and I was fully healed. Cal observed that Abe obviously saw me as a strong potential performer at his Club, as he was paying my salary for the full two weeks.  I felt, justifiably, in meeting Cal and in the events which followed that I had well and truly fallen on my feet. I freely admit that I gave in to my innate, irrepressible narcissism, as I stood, several times, in front of a full length mirror, admiring my own body and my remodelled cock.

    Looking in the mirror at what I now had to offer the public, I felt proud of the distance I had come in such a short space of time. I had gained in self-confidence and felt sure that a combination of my physical appearance, sexual ability and fate had destined me for a career in the sex industry, which I now could hardly wait to begin. I realised that I was now about to launch myself into a career, in which being the exhibitionist I undoubtedly was, was a distinct advantage. I had no fear whatsoever, of throwing myself wholeheartedly into live-sex acts on stage, before an audience, which would make the average guy think twice.

    On my first day at the Club as a stripper, I was surprised to be required to submit my entire body to a resident barber, who systematically removed every hair, including my pubic hair, from my body, except the hair on my head, which he also, nevertheless, expertly dressed. I have to say I enjoyed being treated to a complete body-makeover, which I had already seen on Cal, to which I had never realise that I too would be subjected. Looking at myself post-penis-operation  and post-tonsorial preparation for the stage, I thought how utterly stunning I looked; but then, a narcissistic person like me would think that about himself, hoping for verbal compliments from his co-workers, which I am happy to say came without fishing on my part.

    Then there was the question of how to clothe my exceptionally large genital kit for my entry on stage. What the strippers were required to do at the Club was to come onto the stage, wearing only a backless cock-thong; the rather rudimentary, pared-down, male-stripper equivalent of the famous seven veils, of which Eastern female dancers are reputed to divest themselves during their performance. It- should be observed that even in the hypocrisy-riddled, religiously- observant sexually repressive societies of the East, fleshpots abound, where women strip before a strictly all male audience, who, to a man, keep their female family members under lock and key under the motto: do as I say, not as I do. Along with the truth, sex, whether homosexual or heterosexual, will out, everywhere in the world.

    But I see I have digressed from what I should wear for my entry onto stage. My greater than normal sexual endowment, which was precisely what differentiated me from most other strippers, was not easily contained in the standard, eye-patch-like cock-strings that were de rigueur at the Club. Abe, who had his eye on absolutely everything, did not allow a little thing like my oversized cock and ball ensemble, my distinguishing assets from all other guys, to deter him. Predicated on what he evidently saw as my future star status, at considerable expense, he called in a well-known swimwear designer, who designed and made for me, several pairs of Lycra thong-posers, which espoused and contained my genitalia in the most eye-catching of large bulges.

    By this time I had been working, or rather been paid by Abe for doing nothing for the best part of a month since my operation.  During this time I was schooled by Cal in the art of becoming a male stripper, so that by the time I made my first appearance on stage. I knew by heart, the routine, grandiosely referred to as choreography. Let’s face it; there is not awful lot a stripper, either male or female, can do on stage, other than flaunt their (hopefully) physical attractiveness to the audience and finally, having tantalised the audience, reveal all.

    My maiden appearance on stage was punctuated from the start, by shouts of: “Get ’em off; let’s see if what’s hidden is worth hiding” and the like. When I finally acceded to the increasingly vociferous demands of the audience and stripped off my cock-thong, to expose my all to the baying clamour of the audience, I received a tremendous round of applause just for exhibiting my exceptional, monumental combination of cock and balls.

    It was the first time that I had used my exceptional endowment other than for pleasure for myself and my sex partner. I was overwhelmed by the realisation that people were willing to pay to see me and my co-workers strip naked and ogle our sexy looking bodies. I saw that tonight,  I had taken my first step in earning my living in what was the gay porn industry and I had enjoyed immensely every moment of exhibiting myself naked on stage in front of a paying audience. I felt on top of the world at having taken the first step into turning what had hitherto been my greatest pleasure in life into a means of earning my living.  

    With the exuberance of youth and the resounding applause of the audience ringing in my ears, I felt that I was set to conquer the world as I felt that I had found my place in life. In the weeks following my first appearance on stage as a stripper, it became obvious that I was the star of the show.  The club, ever well patronised by the great and the not-so-good of Beverly Hills high society, became packed to the gills every night. Meanwhile, in addition to appearing twice nightly as strippers on stage, Cal and I, and our chosen co-performers workers worked tirelessly on perfecting the tableaux for the the live-sex show,  of which Abe, and generously, also Cal saw me as the undoubted future star.

    Finally, after some six weeks of rehearsing, the modifications to the small stage of the club, involving the building a proscenium arch with curtains, as in a proper theatre, to increase the dramatic theatricality of what we were proposing to show, were completed. The entire cast of sexy looking studs, was able to stage a dress-rehearsal in front of Abe to obtain his imprimatur of approval. I say dress-rehearsal in the sense that everything was done in front of Abe as it would be done in a real performance. In fact, the word dress has no sense, in that we were all stark-naked from the moment that the curtain rose on the first routine of anal copulation.

    Abe expressed himself delighted with what he had seen; he predicted, accurately, as it fortunately turned out, that we would be a great success. It was decided that this innovative, live-sex act, which would set the Club apart from its competitors by a considerable margin, would be restricted to a once nightly performance, on three nights weekly, on which occasions a stiff obligatory cover-charge would be levied from each client.  Abe had a list of name and addresses of his key regular clients and circulated them with the details of the Club’s new new act. With money no object to his normal clientele, he predicted a first-night sell-out, to people whose visual palates were sated by a surfeit of male-strippers and the like, and who were now in search of an evening’s entertainment, which would revivify their flagging, libidos suffering from visual atrophy.

    Chapter 11

    The fateful day had finally arrived, on which Cal and I, as principal protagonists, together with our co-performers, would launch ourselves into the world of hardcore, visual, sexual entertainment involving anal copulation onstage. Hitherto The Extreme Club had restricted itself to providing soft, visual sex, in the form of young, muscular, scantily clad waiters and similar, well-endowed studs as strip-tease artists on stage. It had been the first, plush place designed specifically to cater for the prurient minds of the sexually aware, super-rich of Beverly Hills, of which there were many.

    Abe,with the chutzpah so often seen in Jewish businessmen, who have their hand on the pulse of the market, had dared to be the first to open a club initially designed to sell visual, hard-porn gay-sex to the super rich, just off the deluxe shopping-strip of Rodeo Drive, as distinct from in one of the less salubrious areas of greater LA.  With The Extreme club, Abe Silverstein had blazed a trail, which many others had followed, seeing the super-rich of LA as a cash-cow just waiting to be milked in an environment which suited them.

    The Extreme Club had been the first up-market club, located in an area in which the super-rich of LA did their over-priced shopping and could enter and find their kind people, among whom they felt comfortable. The fact that their minds were burgeoning with the same, sexual, prurient curiosity as were those of the hoi-polloi, with whom they were hesitant, if not loathe, to associate, cut no ice with them. The hoi-polloi could consider themselves as equal as they wished, just so long as they didn’t get too close to the gilded society, to which the super-rich considered they alone belonged.

    In many ways the super-rich of LA were like Le Tout-Paris, (All Paris: the expression used to define the fashionable and affluent, old- money elite of the city, who frequented fashionable events and places, and established trends in upper-class culture.)  In the same way the LA super-rich disdained the American hoi-polloi because of their lack of money, it is extremely doubtful if any member of Le Tout Paris, would have even given any member of the LA super-rich the time of day, even though the LA super-rich could have bought and sold the lot of them; lock, stock and barrel. For the French, it was not a matter of wealth, but of class, a quality they considered that most of the LA super-rich did not have; and, more importantly, could not buy. So in both Paris and LA, class distinction was alive and well freely accepted, for quite different reasons.

    With the new hard-gay-porn live-sex show, The Extreme Club was set to be the first up-market place to offer the ultimate in visual, hard-core, gay-sex to the well-heeled, lascivious debauchees of every ilk, such as those voyeuristic, licentious members of the LA super-rich, of which there were more than you might think. Explicit live acts of anal copulation and fellatio would be performed on stage, by a group of mouth-wateringly attractive muscular, sexually well-equipped young men. As curiosity in sexual perversion does not recognise class distinctions, race or wealth, given such a unique opportunity to see live gay-sex on stage, had any such lecherous members of Le Tout-Paris been around, they would probably have forced themselves to eat humble pie and sit together with the social inferiors and enjoyed the show.

    Not surprisingly the club was packed to capacity for what was to be the opening night of the ground breaking, first gay-live-sex show onstage in an up-market, gay night-club in LA. To say the very least, I suppose I should have felt nervous at what was to be my maiden appearance onstage, in a groundbreaking act. At the time the idea had been first mooted, I know I had questioned my capability to get my wayward cock to behave itself, rise to the occasion and play ball. However, now that the fatidic moment had arrived to show my paces, the simple fact of matter was that I did not feel at all nervous, as the exhibitionist side of my character ahd taken over and I was confident that everything would go as planned.

    I know I have, elsewhere, fancifully talked about my cock as if it had a mind of its own, when in fact it was the automatic reflex of my own brain, subject to external, visual stimulation, which conditioned its reactions. Whatever one might say, a man’s penis is uncontrollable in that it always reflects what its owner actually wants at that moment. As, at times, self-gratification is inappropriate; a guy controls his sexual urge for action. But he cannot control his thoughts, which condition the state of his cock, which often embarrasses him by remaining stridently erect. Not for nothing is man’s penis referred to as his uncontrollable flesh. However, all such potential qualms had, for some reason, vanished, as I waited with the the live-sex team for our first entry onto the stage.

    The three hard-sex scenes which are described below in some detail, are those in which which Cal and I, as stars of the show, played the key active roles As both he and I could not be expected to copulate non-stop on stage, the set-piece scenes, worked out and pre-rehearsed in the greatest detail, were interspersed with more conventional interludes of freestyle stripping and pairs of guys fucking and sucking each other in a more usual manner. But the three undoubted highlights of the evening were when Cal and I were on stage together, exercising our cocks on other guys’ asses or mouths, in a variety of detailed and finely choreographed tableaux of imaginative, live gay-sex before the audience.

    The evening’s entertainment began, as usual, with a cavalcade of soft sex, by a group of luscious young male strippers, who aroused the sexual expectations of a very mixed audience which included quite few women, who obviously tried to imagine what it would be like to taste, literally and figuratively, the wares of the gorgeous hunks, who were displaying their all onstage. The curtain was then lowered to allow the stage to be set for the first act of the live-sex drama, which was to follow. In the interval, to the soft sound of erotic music, the quasi-naked bevy of young waiters busied themselves with replenishing the liquid refreshment of the audience. There was scarcely a table without a bottle, or quite frequently, a magnum of Dom Perignon champagne, which was the only brand the Club carried.

    The lights in the room were lowered as the curtain rose on a pitch black stage. Quite suddenly, after a pause of a few seconds, intense spotlights suddenly focussed on a row of six sets of muscular, naked buttocks, just crying out to be fucked, facing the audience. The six members of the live-sex-team had been chosen from among many enthusiastic volunteers and were kneeling on a long low bench with a padded top and leaning against a table towards the back of the stage. Their legs were slightly spread allowing the audience to see their tight anal puckers, gleaming with lubricant, just waiting to be shafted by a pair of cocks supplied by Cal and me.

    For the first scene, what had been decided was that Cal and I, as chief active protagonists of the evening, would both systematically shaft each of our six team members in turn. Cal would start at one end of row and progress towards the centre; I would do likewise starting at the other end of the six expectant asses. When met in the middle, Cal would continue and fuck each of the the three guys whom I had just serviced and I would do the the three he had just shafted. Thus each of the six guys would have had the pleasure of having his anus stretched by two different cocks to start of the evening of live sex.

    Cal and I, who were the chief active protagonists for the entire evening, obviously could not fuck repetitively, even ourselves through to orgasm each time, let alone our multiple passive partners. So Cal and I had rehearsed this first scene until it was almost second nature for each of us to give our six passive partners, five strictly coordinated, full-length cock thrusts each time. I subsequently saw a video, shot by Abe, of Cal and me in the midst of our coordinated effort. Our two asses reciprocated as one, as we battered the anuses of the two guys we were then fucking. Although I say it myself, our whole opening performance was absolute triumph of synchronous, coordinated, anal copulation made possible by endless, repetitive practice.

    Cal and I finished this first scene with a final monumental thrust of our rock-hard cocks into the anus of the guy at the opposite end of the six-man line-up to where we had each started. Each of our six team members had experienced a total of ten vigorous thrusts, bareback delivered by two different cocks to the persistent beat of pop music. After that final thrust, in which both Cal and I each left our cock deeply embedded in our final partner, before withdrawing and taking a full frontal naked bow, backed by the six studs whom we had just so so successfully fucked.

    No two men, such as Cal and I, who were the two principal active protagonists in the three main scenes in the whole show, could be expected to conduct an entire evening of live sex involving vigorous, anal fucking on stage without being allowed a pause to enable them to recuperate before the next carnal onslaught. So each of the principal scenes, in which Cal and I appeared, were separated by quite lengthy pauses. Each time, the audience was regaled first by strippers, who strutted their stuff to the beat of the disco music. They were followed by three groups, each of two guys, who each proceeded to fuck each other through to orgasm, by the simple expedient of changing places, top to bottom, and repeating the routine.

    So the audience was treated twice to the erotic spectacle of three sets of young buttocks attacking the asses of their partners. Needless to say the thrustings of the three tops were in unison and were coordinated with the beat of the the music, which was controlled by an experienced DJ. But in contradistinction to what Cal and I had just done, playing top to a sequence of six anuses, each stud of the pair functioned only once as top, before changing places with his bottom partner and allowing his own ass to be fucked. Thus, as each stud only actively fucked once as top, he was able to fuck himself through to his own orgasm inside his partner. So, the audience had the pleasure of seeing twice, before their very eyes, the top of three groups, of two, attractive, young, muscular, well-hung studs, fuck himself through to his own orgasm and dump his load into his bottom partner.

    After each of the above, let us call them respite interludes, necessary for Cal and me to allow us to catch our breath, the curtain was again lowered to allow the dramatis personae for the next scene to assemble

    on stage.

    The curtain rose on the second, finely choreographed scene, in which Cal and I played the leading active roles, to reveal two groups of three magnificently set-up, naked young studs, the middle one of whom had one arm around the one  shoulder of each of his companions. To an enormous round of applause, Cal and I came on naked to perform a sort of aerial fuck. We each, each took one of the middle studs, whose arms were already around the shoulders of his partners and hoisted his legs, one each over our own two shoulders, which resulted in his body being suspended in a curve, with that all important entry orifice, his anus, located at the lowest point. And then, in this fatuously ludicrous position, Cal and I each shafted our respective partner vertically, holding firmly onto his legs. This aerial fuck we did to each of the initial props, who successively took their places in the middle and offered, in turn, their anuses in to the pleasure of being fucked by Cal and me.

    As we were each fucking only three guys in this scene, we gave the first two guys twelve full-length, coordinated thrusts of our our rock-hard boners. But on each of our third and final guys, we agreed we would both fuck him through to our own orgasm and ejaculate our loads into his rectum, By some phenomenal piece of luck, supplemented by hard practice, we both managed to climax simultaneously and with one final thrust, dumped our first loads of semen of the evening, deep inside our respective partner: always a satisfying outcome of anal intercourse for both giver and receiver.

    Male-male copulation is never an elegant business, due to the inconvenient physical location of the vital parts of the male anatomy involved in its execution: the top’s cock and the bottom’s anus. Add to this the need of lubrication to render the whole operation as comfortable as possible for both participants and one might well ask why one ever bothers when one can achieve practically the same result by manual masturbation.  Well the reason why one fucks is because most gay studs find it impossible to ignore the demands of human sexual attraction and the pleasure that body contact with the another like-minded male brings to both parties to the act. It does also seem to be a fact that an orgasm shared with another guy is more intense than one self-induced. Given the incredible feeling, which accompanies the moment of orgasm, that alone is probably a good reason to fuck someone, rather than to masturbate.

    It is sad to think that many people, rich and poor alike, find they need to supplement their own sexual activities by watching others perform the act, which, not even by the most charitable of observers, could ever consider an elegant spectator sport. There are thousands of hard, pornographic web-sites, which offer highly detailed close-up, motion pictures of the anal sex act between males; but as with every entertainment, whether a play, a ballet, a football match or a motor race, seeing the event live adds another dimension to that of seeing it recorded; the observer participates in the thrill of seeing whatever it is, actually happen, which is totally missing from a recording; and And that is the reason for the enormous success of The Extreme Club.  For the first time, it offered the experience to the audience of sharing visually in the sex act performed live on stage: an act, though visually banal, is, nevertheless, a major part of most people’s lives, whether homo or heterosexual.

    Cal and I had both recognised that the basic acts of gay sex, one guy pushing his cock into another guy’s anus, or sucking his cock, were not, in themselves, enough to sustain a floor show. The clientele of the Club, in addition to satiating their prurient curiosity by seeing, before their very eyes, a group of well-set-up young males perform live the two basic sex acts, had also to be entertained. The Extreme Club had to put on a ground-breaking stage show based on the two fundamental acts of gay sex; anus fucking and cock sucking. It was realisation of the stark reality of the visual paucity and banality of the two basic gay sex acts that had led Cal and me to envisage and choreograph a series of imaginatively absurd routines based on the two fundamental acts of homosexual sex: anal fucking and fellatio.

    The final pièce de resistance was a mind-bendingly intricate four man demonstration of the art of simultaneous anal and oral copulation. By virtue of having the largest the largest cock among the various protagonists, I myself played the star performing role in this amazingly erotic spectacle, for which a special, leather padded bench had been made. This bench was accompanied by built in a padded stool at one end, on which Ben, the stud we had chosen from many eager volunteers as the passive guy in the act, who was to be well and truly fucked, knelt. The curtain rose dramatically to reveal Ben, a handsome, muscular stud with a large cock, totally naked already I n place. He was kneeling on the stool prostrated with his torso face down across the top of the bench, with his very generous cock and balls dangling visibly accessible through a hole left in the top of the bench precisely for this purpose. His anus was, thus, perfectly positioned for penetration by the cock of the principal actor – in the event, me.

    Cal and I, together with the Ryan, the fourth active stud of the group, all of us totally naked, made our entry onto the stage, to a thunderous round of applause. although the  audience did not yet know it, we three, were all destined to play active roles in the realisation of what was to prove an almost unbelievable, phantasmagorical drama of live sex on stage, which, in its own way, was to prove almost as exciting as the gladiatorial combats of  ancient Rome. I should emphasise that as the purpose of what we were doing was to entertain the clients and satisfy their voyeuristically prurient curiosity to observe homosexual sex acts, the bench on which Brian, the passive, fourth member of our team was already prostrated, awaiting our joint ministrations, was place side-ways on, to ensure that the audience could see everything that happened in real time.

    As copulator in chief, so to speak,  Cal and I had decided to heighten the dramatic theatricality of the occasion, that my twelve-inch boner – incidentally, the only active cock to be involved  in anal sex in the act which was to follow – should be anointed with lubricant in full view of  the audience. This simple, desirable act, necessary to facilitate anal intercourse had the effect of raising the status of my fuck-stick to a level of veneration reserved normally for the Holy Grail. The audience wet wild as another attractive young stud, gently massaged the lubricant onto my penis.

    The audience went wild with enthusiasm at what they saw as preparation of my unbelievably large cock being prepared to penetrate the anus of the waiting Ben. They really had no idea at all of the complex sexual scene that they were about to see enacted before their before their very eyes.

    Ryan first lay on his back, with his head supported by cushion, on a small purpose-built flat trolley, similar to those used by mechanics in a garage when they are working flat on their backs beneath an automobile. He then pushed himself underneath the bench, on which Ben was passively waiting. Ryan then took Ben’s cock, which was dangling there in thin air beneath the bench, into his mouth. Then Cal, went to the end of the bench, stood in front of Ben’s head and thrust his own cock, which was already stiff and primed for action was stiff and primed for action, into Ben’s mouth.  I then completed the ensemble by driving, my twelve inches of well lubricated boner to the hilt into Ben’s fundamental orifice: his expectant anus.

    The audience applauded loudly as they saw what was intended for Ben, who as the passive, key player in the present scene, was now completely immobilised. Ben’s two fundamental orifices were blocked; his anus was speared by my cock; his mouth had been forced to espouse Cal’s cock; and then, to cap it all, his own cock was led firmly in Ryan’s mouth. So effectively, Ben was like a chicken, trussed for the oven, totally incapable of helping himself. But there the analogy ended, as the audience was about to witness a never-before-seen, four-man, anal and fellatio fuck, in which all four participants would reached orgasm. I should tell you that the audience was about to see the first public performance of a highly erotic, hard-sex routine ,which the four of us Cal, Ryan, Ben and I, had practised times without number; and which, in spite of its physical complexity, we could all have performed in our sleep.

    But now that the critical moment for action had arrived and we were about to give our maiden performance of what I considered to be a highly innovative act of live gay-sex on stage, I confess that in my role as principal copulator, on whose cock the eyes of the entire audience would be focussed, I felt a shiver of nervousness flash through my body as I stood behind Ben and prepared myself to penetrate his expectant anus. Everything else was already in place; Cal had already forced his cock into Ben’s mouth and was set to face fuck him; Ben’s own cock, hanging down below the bench, on which he was lying face-down, was already in Ryan’s mouth, waiting to be sucked off. Ryan lying there on his back, in addition to sucking Ben off, already had his hand on his own erect member, to give it some essential manual assistance, without which would not himself reach orgasm.  All that remained was for me, as in my role of copulator-in- chief and mastermind behind the whole routine, was for me to get the show on the road, by sliding the full length of my twelve-inch boner into Ben’s anus. It was a scene which stretched the imagination beyond the real.

    As I touched the tip of my cock against Ben’s anus, which had become a good friend by dint of endless rehearsals of the routine which we were now poised to unveil, any nervousness I had previously felt suddenly vanished. I suddenly was on top of the world, as I prepared to seriously strut my stuff in public for the very first time. I knew that the audience would never have seen the like of the four-man live sex show, which we were about to perform before them.

    I flourished my twelve-inch boner in front of the audience, before, to the accompaniment of tremendous applause, gently thrusting my full length, in one smooth, uninterrupted movement, into Ben’s anus. At a sign from me, the DJ switched from the soft music, playing whilst we had taken our places on stage and had each readied our sex kit for the copulative masterpiece, which we were about to enact, to something  more purposive, with a regular, audible  beat. This enabled the three of us, Cal, Ryan and I, to coordinate our movements, as if one, in a the miracle of synchronisation, which we had practised repeatedly, until it had become akin to second nature for all three of us.

    So here was Ben immobilised as completely as if he had been strapped down onto the bench. My own penis was up his ass; Cal’s erection was in his mouth; while his own cock, which had by now become totally aroused and stiff below the bench, was firmly imprisoned in Ryan’s mouth. And to add to the unreal aspect of Ben being well and truly fucked every which way, Ryan was additionally jerking himself off to the beat of the music. It was a scene, never before seen scene, which must have boggled the mind of everyone, who was observing it take place live, before their very eyes. This was gay group-sex, carried beyond the limits of anyone’s imagination.

    The beat of the music to which we were synchronising our copulative movements, by arrangement with the DJ, had started slow, but then gradually increased in speed, as we, the three prime movers, became gradually sexually more aroused by what we were doing. It does appear to be a fact that even though one might begin any sexual in full possession of oneself, the moment inevitably arrives, when one loses control of one’s actions to the sex urge, to bring the act to its climax and experience fleeting pleasure of orgasm oneself, which is the ultimate aim of all sexual intercourse.

    What we aiming to do, was for all four of us to achieve the goal of orgasm in the briefest of time frames. We had discounted the idea of achieving simultaneous orgasms for all four of us, as being pie in the sky: a completely unrealistic goal. So what we had had rehearsed many times was the best way for each of us individually to reach orgasm in a brief a time span as possible. Our aim, which we had achieved in rehearsal many times, was for one ejaculation of semen to erupt after the other, as in an aerial fireworks-display, when one shell after another bursts into the night sky thereby giving the impression of simultaneity.

    So it was that in this, the first public airing of what was soon to become the talk of the the town and the signature routine of The Extreme Club’s unique live sex show, that Cal, who was actively deep-throat fucking Ben, was the first to climax. He shot his jism in a short series of generous, jerking, ejaculative loads, partly down Ben’s throat and partly all over his face, which finished up awash with Cal’s thick semen. Just a few seconds later Ben followed suit with his own climax, as Ryan, an expert in the cock-sucking style of fellatio, brought him to orgasm, in which Ben sprayed his load over Ryan’s face and the floor. However, Ryan had somehow miraculously succeeded in synchronising his own, hand-generated orgasm with Ben’s and deposited his enormous load of semen all over the floor, in series of almost explosive, ejaculative spurts accompanied by audibly murmured grunts of pleasure and relief, which orgasm often brings in its wake.

    Ben, Cal and Ryan had all reached orgasm, with copious emissions of semen, all three within ten seconds, which was quite a remarkable achievement, given that three different guys were involved.

    We had agreed during rehearsals that as I was the lead operator, the only man actually to be fucking Ben, I would hold myself back and and that my orgasm would be the climax and end the routine. All eyes were now focussed on me and my cock. I had zealously ensured that I, as sole, anal copulator, had provided the audience with a view of almost full length of my cock, each time I withdrew myself from Ben’s ass as I was fucking him. As time progressed, we all became ever more aroused and our movements increasingly frenetic and I found myself uncontrollably banging away at Ben ass, as if my life depended upon it. By the time Cal and Ryan had succeeded in bringing both themselves and Ben to orgasm, I was literally so sexually aroused that I was reaching the end of my tether on holding myself back from my own climax.

    Once I saw that Cal and Ryan and completed their part and had both brought themselves and Ben to orgasm, I held myself back no longer. I completely withdrew my cock from Ben’s ass, held it for three seconds in thin air to allow the audience to see it, before plunging it back to the hilt into Ben’s anus, at great speed and with all the force I could muster. I immediately climaxed and dumped my load deep inside of Ben in a series of jerks.

    But then, much to my, and I must say also to my co-copulators, extreme surprise, Ben’s body shook, as he quite unexpectedly and un-programmed, reached a second climax and ejaculated his second load of jism within a few moments, onto the floor. I take no personal credit for this serendipitous event, other than to say that it must have been conditioned by the vigorous attack, which I had visited on Ben’s ass to bring the routine to its dramatic close.  Needless to say, the audience went wild with enthusiasm, as the four of us, Cal, Ben, Ryan and I, stood up, our cocks still hard and acknowledged the applause. I am proud to think that we four had effectively just performed what must be counted as the most erotic routine of gay sex ever performed onstage.

    What happened next was that a number of strippers again came onto the stage and strutted their stuff to soft DJ music whilst the stage- hands mopped up the sticky mess left behind by us four, performing what had probably been the most erotic bareback routine ever.

    This first ever show of live sex was brought to an exhilarating close, when ten of the strippers, including the four of us assembled on stage. This in itself was erotically quite something to behold: ten muscular, sexually well-equipped, handsome, young hunks, each sporting a sizeable erection, pointed directly at the audience. Each member of the team then allowed his cock to be lubricated by one of five assistants, each of whom anointed two cocks. This act in itself added an erotic touch to what was already an extremely erotic occasion. With our cocks duly lubricated for action, the ten of us then formed an unbroken penis-to-anus ring, with one guy’s penis thrust into the anus of the guy in front of him.

    The soft music then gave way to a more strident note, with a persistent beat, to which the the ten of us began the reciprocating movement, which characterises the act of anal copulation. As the ten of us each repeatedly thrust and withdrew almost fully our penises from the anus in front of us, with the precise, mechanical synchronicity of a bicycle chain engaging with the sprockets of the drive-wheel, ten sets of buttocks controlled ten, rigid fuck-sticks so that they moved as one. As the beat of the music became ever faster and louder, we were each hard-fucking the anus of the man in front of us with our cock, whilst simultaneously having out own anus battered by the cock of the man behind us.

    This glorious scene of group sex came to a sudden end as we each achieved orgasm by our individual copulative efforts on the anus in front of us. I wish I could tell you that we all climaxed at the same moment, achieving the unachievable: the simultaneous orgasm of ten guys. Alas, of course, we did not! We had searched for that holy grail of group sex, which is hard enough to achieve when there are just two guys copulating, but had not been able to find it.

    However, the ever increasing speed of the beat, to which we were all thrusting and withdrawing, led all of us to ever more frenzied thrusting and sexual arousal. The result was that all ten of us reached our own self-induced climaxes within a time frame of fifteen or so seconds: if not quite ten simultaneous orgasms, a good second best. In rehearsal, we had agreed that when a guy could no longer hold himself back, he should withdraw himself from his bottom partner in front of him, whilst allowing is rear partner or partners, who might still not have reached the point of no return, to continue fucking to completion.

    So what had commenced as a well synchronised, unbroken, ten-man, group-sex ring, united cock-to-anus, was, at climax, allowed to break into several smaller groups of two or three studs, each of whom was able to fuck himself to orgasm. It was an awesomely erotic sight to be able to witness ten, muscular, young studs, each with a sizeable, erect fuck-stick, shoot his load in quick succession partly into his partner’s rectum and partly onto the floor of the stage. The audience went wild, as in quick succession as in full view of everyone, ten, sexually very desirable, young men ejaculated their heavy loads of jism, thereby bringing The Extreme Club’s first performance of its new Live Sex Show to a successful conclusion.

    Chapter 12

    After the opening night of what was to prove the greatest draw ever to The Extreme Club, the place was full every evening, including those where we did not perform the live sex show.  As I have already observed, the clientele had only one characteristic in common; it was composed only of wealthy people: the great and the good – and the not-so-good – of Beverly Hills. and greater LA. Other than their extreme and overt wealth and their willingness to spend it lavishly to entertain themselves, the clientele of the Club had little else in common. They were extremely diverse, ranging from the obviously rabid homosexual, to the connoisseur of the young, muscular, sexually well-endowed male-body, to those just out for an erotic night on the town. On my first visit to the Club, before I had started working there becoming its start attraction, I confess I was surprised to see a fair number of females in the audience, which brings me to the most surprising part of my story.

    During the Live Sex Show, I had regularly noticed a well-set-up middle-aged woman, old enough to be my mother – or, even just possibly my grandmother, who seemed to have her admiring eyes permanently focussed on that part of my nether anatomy, my penis, which sets me apart from most other studs, muscular or not. The other surprising thing was that she always sat alone, in the front row, unaccompanied by anyone of either sex, apparently completely without embarrassment. She was a regular customer and was obviously fixated on me.

    One evening, one of the waiters handed me a large, expensively engraved visiting card, identifying my hitherto silent admirer as Mrs. Amelia Vanderhof, who, even I, wet behind the ears when it came to naming the super-rich of LA, knew was one of the wealthiest women in Beverly Hills, if not in the entire USA.

    On the back of the card was written; I have a proposition which might interest you. I will send my chauffeur to bring you to my house after the show tomorrow evening. It was signed Amelia D. Vanderhof,  Obviously surprised to have received such an intriguing message from someone I did not know and to whom I had never even spoken, I showed the card to Cal and told him the next to nothing I knew about the writer. Cal raised both eyebrows and then, with that infuriatingly laconic grin on his face, which always annoyed me, said, laughingly: “If, as you say, she regularly ogles your cock, she has probably got the hots for you and wants you to fuck her.”

    “Don’t talk such rot, Cal! The Extreme is a gay night-club and she must know that all the studs she sees on stage are gay and would never even look at a woman in that way, let alone go as far as having sex with one. Frankly, I find just the thought of having sex with any woman quite repulsive. Anyway this bird is old enough to be my mother. If I wanted to fuck a woman – which I definitely do not – I  would choose someone nearer my own age. Just try to imagine what it might be like to fuck someone the same age as your mother; it would be completely disgusting; quite unthinkable.”

    “No, no, no, Cal. It is quite definitely a non-starter for me. As I have just said; I do not want to fuck any woman at all. But if I did, then I repeat what I have just said; I would choose someone nearer to my own age; not someone who is old enough to be my mother. So, just in case I have not made my views clear, let me repeat what I had already said several times: I do not want now or ever in the future to fuck any woman at all.”

    “Don’t be so emphatic, Tyler. You might be surprised, given the opportunity, even the most die-in-the-wool gay, as you claim yourself to be, might, on the spur of the moment, decide to seize an unexpected opportunity to satisfy his curiosity and confirm to himself, in a practical way, that he preferred men to women. Of course, it might cut the other way and make him realise what he had been missing by not fucking women. Given the excessive repetitiveness and vehemence of your views, I think that I detect an uncertainty on your part as to your true sexuality. So if the opportunity presented itself, it might just be as well for you to take the plunge and confirm, by committing the very act with a woman, that you do, in fact, prefer men to women. That way, you will erase any doubt in your mind you have concerning your sexuality.”

    “Cal, I love you dearly; but, for some reason or other, you are just winding me up. I don’t, or didn’t, until you threw a spanner into the works just now, have any doubts at all about my sexuality. Just to make things quite clear; I DO NOT HAVE ANY DOUBTS ABOUT MY SEXUALITY. I am a homosexual man and always have been. I am gay, from the tips of my fingers to the tips of my toes. So kindly stop your shit stirring. And anyway, amore mio, we do not know if she wants to see me to make me a business proposition, which could have nothing to do with sex.”

    “Tye, there are times when it is difficult to believe that your head is correctly screwed on; and this, my friend is one of them. You must have lost your marbles to think that this old bird, whoever she is, has invited you to her house to discuss business. She has seen you perform naked on stage; as sure as eggs is eggs, she wants to sample what she has seen. Get your feet firmly on the ground, Tye; she will want you to fuck her.”

    “And why indeed should she not? You say that she always comes to the club and sits alone. One should not think that older people stop having sex after a certain age; most of them, most emphatically, do not. In spite of her wealth, she probably feels lonely and sexually neglected and sees you as an attractive, sexy, young guy with a big cock and fancies you; and let’s face it, Tye; you are, without doubt, a super-attractive, sexy young stud, with a cock to die for, whom many women would welcome into their bed.” 

    “Tye, at the Club, we sell the young, glamorous face of gay sex to an audience, which is, on average, much older than we are, as that is what they want to see. It turns them on sexually: it gets their juices running, as they probably imagine themselves looking as good as we do on stage when they are fucking their partners; and that goes equally for male-male and male-female relationships.  Make no mistake; to coin a phrase, Tye; this dame’s intentions are definitely not honourable; she’s seen your dick and wants to sample it. I bet you a dollar to a dime; the lady is going to ask you to fuck her.”

    “And if you are right, Cal, and I am invited as as a sort of rent-boy for the evening and if, as you evidently think likely, I do compromise myself and succumb to her charms and agree to fuck her, how would you feel about our relationship; would you feel that I had betrayed you or what?”

    “I would feel vindicated that my take on the situation had been correct and that you had finally satisfied your curiosity and confirmed to yourself, what I already know to be true, which is that you, Tyler Blaze, are exactly like me. You, my dear sir, are an out-and-out gay, as am I, who has no sexual interest in women, however beautiful they might be. If you think for a moment that I would allow a flea bite of one minor sexual deviation from the straight and narrow of our  monogamous relationship, to destroy what we enjoy together, then you are barking up the wrong tree and had better think again.”

    “You see, Tye, I know from the way we make love to each other, as we frequently do, that our relationship is as solid as a rock. Note that I said make love, rather than fuck or have sex together, as that is precisely what we do; we make love as distinct from just having anal and oral sex together. In a very short time, you and I have developed a very unique relationship together, in which we are very much equal partners, not only sex partners, but in life. Simply put, I believe we were meant for each other and fated to meet that day in Bakersfield and fall in love.”

    “So go ahead and meet this lady and fuck her, as I predict you will, if can shelve your abhorrence of even contemplating fucking a member of the female sex long enough to perform the act. That way you will satisfy yourself, when the chips are finally down, that you did not missed out by not fucking your female classmates, whilst still at school, as I am sure many of your male contemporaries did. Tye, go ahead and meet this wealthy lady. Who knows?  Perhaps she will offer you a small fortune to become her lap-dog. But I am quite sure that once the dust has settled, you and I will still be together and you will be content with our status as a fully paid-up member of the gay-male community.”

    “Cal, I don’t know how can be so sure of yourself. The scenario you have thought up is all a figment of your imagination. I don’t know when – or even, if – the propose meeting will take place.”

    “Tyler, just accept that my view is that this dame has got her sexual sights fixed upon you and that she will not let you escape: But we shall see; I may be proved wrong.”

    Chapter 13

    Cal’s observations had both disturbed and pleased me. Disturbed me, because he had foreseen a scenario, in which I had sex with a female, an act, which filled me with horror just at the thought.  He had put his finger on a very critical point, when had said:  “If you can shelve your abhorrence of even contemplating fucking a member of the female sex long enough to perform the act.”  As a confirmed and practising gay young man, I recoiled with horror, just at the thought of having sex with any woman, even one whose company I enjoyed and liked personally, no matter now beautiful. As a confirmed homosexual man, I view having sex with a woman, with the same nauseating repugnance, in which most heterosexual men view – or or at least claim they do – having sex with another man.

    But Cal had, at same time, also pleased me, because he had uttered the most positive unequivocal declaration of his love for me ever and given me his blessing to fuck Mrs. Amelia Vanderhof, if indeed he was right about her designs on me, describing the act as flea bite. Of course neither of us knew if this would ever happen, or even if Mrs. Vanderhof invitation to see her was sexually motivated. But in my heart of hearts, I knew that Cal was probably right and that she would invite me to have sex with her, an act which basically filled me with foreboding. However, Cal had been right when he had said that I was curious and that if the opportunity arose, I knew I would satisfy my curiosity.

    I confess that I did not sleep much that night thinking about what might happen.  I asked myself, if push did ever actually come to shove with Mrs. Vanderhof, if that uncontrollable piece of flesh between my legs, which was what obviously attracted me to her, refused to rise to the occasion and left me high and dry, so to speak; not to mention highly embarrassed into the bargain.

    I had not responded to Mrs. Vanderhof’s first message, which I had only received the previous evening. However, when Cal and I arrived at the Club next evening, I found another note from Mrs. Vanderhof awaiting me, this time typed on expensive stationery, addressed to me formally as Mr. Tyler Blaze. Evidently she had enquired after my surname, as all the photographic publicity outside the Club identified all of us performers only by our first names. She informed me that her chauffeur: “Would be waiting at midnight in front of the Club to drive me to her residence.”

    I was struck by the use of the word residence, so beloved by realtors, who qualify every property that they are attempting to sell as a desirable residence, rather than referring to it as a house or apartment which said something about the lofty mind-set of Mrs. Vanderhof. She also had presumed that the proposed time for the meeting was convenient for me, giving her message a somewhat imperious note, as if it were a command, rather than confirming a mutual pre-arranged appointment, which did not exist; evidently she just assumed that I would be there.

    I showed that note to Cal, who observed that the lady was clearly intent on sleeping with me. He made the valid point that one did not normally conduct business meetings at midnight. “I told you,” he said, “The old bird has got the hots for you and will have you in bed with her before you have had time to refuse. But then, if I am right, which I think I probably am, you are not going to refuse her, as in spite of your inbuilt repugnance as a gay man to having sex with a woman you are curious to see what it feels like. Believe me, Tye, if you allow the chauffeur to take you to her, you will be as putty in her hands.  She’ll have your cock, which believe me, Tye, is what she wants, before you can say Jack Robinson.”

    “If you want to, go ahead and see her, which I am sure you have already made up your mind to do, as you are also flattered at being singled out from the rest of us as someone special, which you don’t need me to tell you is something, false modesty aside, be both already know that you are. The old dame will have you by the balls in a brace of shakes and will, in all probability literally and figuratively suck you dry before discarding you like a wrung-out dish cloth. So don’t say that you have not been warned when you come back to me, with your tail limp between your legs, looking for sympathy.”

    I laughingly replied: “There are times, Cal, when you are full of shit and this is one of them. So kindly piss off.”

    Sure enough, when I emerged from the Club just after midnight, I found that nec plus ultra of conveyances, an enormous, custom-built, chauffeur-driven Rolls Royce, waiting to take me to me fate. Needless to say, the chauffeur was in livery. Mrs Vanderhof clearly did things in style. I, who did not even know how to drive a car, sat in isolated splendour in the back, suddenly feeling more alone than I had ever felt in my life, for the ten minute ride, which took me to Mrs. Vanderhof’s house, where if Cal’s predictions were to prove correct I would meet my sexual Waterloo, The house, or rather, the mansion, was absolutely enormous, but relatively restrained for Beverly Hills, which is littered with huge properties in the most diversely varied of architectural styles.

    As I approached the front door, it was opened by a handsome, youngish butler – Mrs. Vanderhof obviously had a taste for attractive- looking young men – wearing the immaculately cut formal attire of the office of over half a century ago.  He welcomed me formally, saying: “Good evening, sir; Madame is awaiting your arrival on the second floor.”  He then led me upstairs via a staircase, which could have graced a royal palace somewhere in Europe, which knowing Americans’ penchant for buying-up authentic European artefacts of the past of the and installing their own houses, it might well have done, opened a pair of ornate double doors, and formally announced me to Madame, as if I were visiting royalty. “Mr. Tyler Blaze Madame.” he then left me standing there, as he withdrew and closed the doors behind him, leaving me in the presence of Madame: Mrs.

    Amelia D Vanderhof.

    I had never actually spoken to Mrs. Vanderhof, having only seen her a few times at the Club; but I had noticed her intense gaze fixed on me, or more precisely on my cock, during my live sex performance on stage. I had no idea of how to address her, especially after the somewhat intimidating formal manner of the butler. So I adopted the usual respectful language of obeisance of young Americans of both sexes, but more especially males, when addressing their female elders. Mrs. Vanderhof was lounging on what I later learned was called a chaise longue. I advance towards her and said: “Good evening, ma’am. From your messages, I understand that you wished to see me.”

    I realised looking closely at her for the first time, reclining there wearing and almost transparent negligee, which in upper class terms is called a peignoir, that I was the presence of a middle-aged – fifty at a guess – good looking woman, who took care of her body and was not averse to flaunting it before newcomers. My first real shock – others were to follow – was when she first spoke. Given the sumptuousness surroundings in which she lived and the obvious wealth, her voice was quite jarring. It was a voice which was more suited to someone from some hick neighbourhood of Chicago, Illinois than to the heiress to banking fortune, living like a queen in Beverly Hills, California. It had all the attractive of the sound of a nail being slowly dragged across the teeth of a wood saw.

    “Quite right, Mr. Blaze, I did want to see you; or may I call you Tyler?  By the way, you can drop the ma’am bit and call me Daisy, my middle name, which is what my friends call me, as I hate obsequiousness, especially in a hunk so young and sexually attractive as you, Tyler.”

    I gulped at her directness. From her opening remarks, as Cal had predicted, she obviously had designs on my body.

     “Tyler, I believe in coming directly to the point. You must have noticed that I often sit in the front row at the Extreme Club and watch you and your team perform your live sex act on stage. I confess that my eyes are fixed on you, as you must have realised that with your magnificent body, not to mention your quite exceptional sexual endowment that you are the star of them show.”

    By this time, she must have seen that I was ready to crawl up the wall with embarrassment, but she continued with her frank remarks, which made what she wanted from me, which was exactly what Cal had predicted, abundantly clear.

    “Some people might think that a woman of my age, is too old for sex; In my case they would be quite wrong; believe me, Tyler, in spite of being fifty years old, I still have the sexual appetite of the girl of eighteen, who married Cornelius Vanderhof, then 27 years older than me. And so, since the death of my dear Cornelius, I have lived here alone. My husband, who died suddenly, aged 75, of a heart attack, in my arms, was to the absolute end, everything that the sexually motivated woman, which I freely admit I am, could ever have wished for. On his death, as we had no children, I became outright owner of the private bank, Vanderhof & Co, founded by my husband’s grandfather, which as you can see, provides me with a life style which many envy.”

    “However, I confess that living here alone, without the man I loved through 30 years of marriage by my side, I have felt rather lonely and have, from time to time, sought comfort and solace in the arms of other men. From the moment I first saw you perform on stage at the Extreme Club, I was immediately attracted to you, as I realised that you were a totally extraordinary and experienced young man, which is why I decided to invite you here tonight. Now, in the light of what you do for a living, together with what I have just told you about myself, I don’t think I need spell out the reasons for this meeting.” 

    Too bloody true, I thought to myself. Cal was dead right about her wanting me to fuck her. But what he had not known, at the time he made his prediction, was what I had just learned now, directly from the horse’s mouth, so to speak, that the stinking rich Mrs. Amelia Daisy Vanderhof, was in all probability a middle-aged nymphomaniac. I though over what she had just told me. Her husband, with whom, in spite of a considerable disparity in their ages, she had had regular sex, had obviously had as great a libido as his wife. Reading between the lines of her account of his sudden death in her arms, I was as sure as anyone could be that they had been having sex, when the fatal attack had occurred.

    But I had to face up to the rather delicate situation in which I now found myself, due entirely to my having accepted her invitation. Well, push had now come to shove with a vengeance and I desperately wanted some way out. What our brief acquaintance had taught me, quite unequivocally, was that I, a diehard, totally committed homosexual, had not the slightest interest in having sex with Daisy, or for that matter, with any other member of the female sex. I simply was not programmed nature that way. Looking at a female, even one who had come on to me, as Daisy had just done, did not turn me on in any way. My cock, that ever faithful and oft embarrassing indicator of my sexual arousal, had shown not the slightest sign of stirring.

    But I had to respond to Daisy’s proposal, so I said, putting things as as delicately as I cood to avoid giving offence: “Ma’am,” ahem, “I mean Daisy; I am of course flattered by your compliments, but if I might be permitted to draw your attention to a fact, which you might just possibly have overlooked, I, together with the rest of the guys, whom you have admired performing onstage at the Extreme Club, are all practising homosexuals. As such we tend to have sex only with other men, both in our professional and private lives.  It is the prospect of having sex with another male which arouses guys like me, just as it is the prospect of having sex with a female that arouses a heterosexual male. We are just programmed by nature differently; that’s all.” 

    What I did not spell out to her, was that most homosexual men, including me, view having sex with a female with the same degree of horror and disgust as most heterosexual men – at  least they profess to do – when they think of two men having anal or oral sex together. They think of buggery as an unnatural perversion, whereas we homosexuals consider it as completely normal. In spite of changes in the law, the attitude today although often unspoken, still persists that homosexual acts, although not now illegal are, nevertheless, not normal. But then, if you think about it, neither are most heterosexual acts normal. If one considers that sex is the means of propagation of the species, most sex between men and women is for pleasure. So I think that the aversion to homosexual sex is hypocritical and is a case of the pot calling the kettle black.

    If I had hoped that my remarks about all the Club performers being homosexual men would deflect Daisy from her goal, I was sadly mistaken as she said: “I fully understand that being gay as you are, that you are basically aroused only by the sight of other men and the prospect of having sex with them. However, I thought possibly if I offered you a little incentive you might be able – how can I put it tactfully? – to raise your flag and astound me with your ardour. If you cast your eyes onto that table over there, you will see a little pile of $100 bills; there are ten in all, totalling $1000, which may encourage you to reconsider your position.”

    “What I suggest you do, whilst I prepare myself for our union, is that you move to the adjoining room and relax for half an hour. You will find a packet of Viagra there, a sex aid with which you are probably familiar. I suggest you take one immediately. Within half an hour, I think you will find that any earlier inhibitions you may have had as a gay, about having sex with a woman, have disappeared.”

    I realised then that the old bird was really desperate to have sex with me, for which pleasure she was prepared to pay me $1000 to prostitute myself. Did she not realise that guys like me, with or without Viagra, were just not turned on by the prospect of fucking a woman. I would not even have been interested in fucking the most beautiful and sexually attractive young nymph in the world, let alone an apparently sex-starved nymphomaniac old enough to be my mother.

    The prospect of $1000 cash did nothing to encourage me; indeed, quite the opposite. She had presumed, with her tremendous wealth, to be able to buy my services, which were definitely not now, and never would be, for sale. If I had been able, which, in the light of my cock’s adamant refusal to play ball, I now knew I was not, I would have fucked her, free, gratis and for nothing, as I had kind of taken a liking to the lady. But I now knew for certain that no female, however attractive, would ever arouse me sexually. I was a congenital, dyed-in-the-wool homosexual and nothing would ever change that fact. My sex life would always be with other men.

    But I saw no reason to offend Daisy, by telling her that it was no go, from the word go; and so I went along with her suggestion and took one tablet of Viagra and waited and waited and waited for it to take effect. I was mightily relieved, when, half an hour later, the miracle product, which had been trumpeted as the the great white hope of many men, who could not as the saying goes, get it up, had had absolutely no effect on the state of my penis, which remained defiantly flaccid.

    I suddenly saw that Viagra did exactly what it was billed to do: it corrected erectile dysfunction, but had no effect on a guy’s libido. Evidently, to be effective, the taker of Viagra had to desire to have sex with the object, male or female, of his immediate attention. Viagra then corrected a physiological insufficiency in the taker. However, as I had no desire whatsoever to have sex with Daisy or any other female, the Viagra had had no effect on the state of my cock. At least, rightly or wrongly, that is how I explained to myself my non-reaction to the product.

    I figuratively saluted my penis, which, all too often embarrassed me, by trumpeting my readiness for sex when I would have preferred it to have remained silent. But, on the present occasion, it showed its reliability in reflecting the true state of my libido, by remaining resolutely flaccid. I heaved in internal sigh of relief  that my dick, as ever faithfully reflecting my state of  arousal – at present nil – had refused to budge, allowing me to tell Daisy, quite truthfully, that all her efforts had been in vain and that I was physiologically unable to   fulfil her carnal wishes.

    She initially received the news that I was incapable of performing, as if I had announced that the end of the world was nigh. But then she calmed down, recomposed herself, and became extremely gracious in the face of her disappointment, saying:  “Tyler, I owe you an apology; I must have been out of my mind to have got you here on a fool’s errand in the first place. I knew that you and your companions at the Club were all gay. I should have had more sense to think that $1000 would persuade a leopard to change its spots. I now realise it was crass of me to offer you money for sex; it was insulting to you, as I was relegating you to the ranks of a rent boy, a male prostitute, which you are certainly not.”

    “Although I regularly see you perform at the Club, I know that there is great deal of difference between what you do professionally on stage and a guy selling himself for sex to people like me. You and your co-workers at the Club have elevated gay sex almost to an art form. What you do on stage is very different from prostituting your undoubted talents. Anyway, take the money in compensation for the embarrassment I have caused you. I see now that I was stupid in thinking that I could bend you to my wishes, as you are really an admirable young man who is true to his sexuality.  East its east and west is west and never the twain shall meet. I see now that it was pie in the sky, thinking that by offering you money I could change what is, in fact, your nature.”

    “So put put your clothes back on, pocket the money and I will summon my chauffeur to take you home. But before we part, let me just add that you are, without doubt, the most handsome and sexually desirable young man I have ever seen and I am contented with having had the privilege of a private viewing of your assets. If you live together with someone, as I hope you do – and it has got to be another man, in light of our discussion – then tell him from me, he is lucky to have you.”

    I was completely touched by Daisy’s gracious acceptance of the fact that, with the best will in the world, I was unable to oblige her. In fact, at that very moment, if there had been any way of galvanising my cock into action, in spite of my inbuilt horror of having sex with a woman, I would have fucked her there and then.  

    “Daisy… Ma’am, I am extremely sorry that things have not worked out as you had hoped and that I have not been able to serve you. It is kind of you to offer me $1000 for doing nothing more than meet you and swallow one Viagra tablet, and so I must respectfully decline to accept your generous offer. If I might add just one thing; had things worked out differently and had I been able to serve you as you had hoped, I would, nevertheless, not have accepted payment for my services, as to do so would have would have introduced a sordid financial note into what, I am sure, had I been able to rise to the occasion, would have been a highly agreeable and intimate occasion together.”

    In retrospect, I regretted making that last remark, which was vaguely critical, in that in offering me $1000 for my services, she had already reduced me to the status of a prostitute.  But I had said it and it could not now be unsaid. It was a mild rebuke, but I did not want to hurt her feelings. Anyway, we parted friends, by my giving her a peck on each cheek; quite frankly, that was as intimate as I had ever got with a woman in my life.

    It was four in the morning by the time I arrived back to the apartment, but Cal was agog to hear how my meeting with Mrs. Vanderhof had gone. After I had told him all, in the minutest of detail he said: “Well we now you know where you stand in the sex stakes; your affiliation to the gay community of California is no longer in doubt. So, if you feel up to it and still find me sufficiently attractive to make the effort for, let’s fuck.”
    We did just that!

    To paraphrase the ending of the classic fairy tale:  And they fucked together happily ever after.

    The End

  • Home depot hook up

    Home depot is my go to spot to pick up random Mexicans . But not for working construction jobs. I pick them up to get my fill of cock ! I’ve found they have no problem with fucking white guys since most are single and rarely get anything but there hand, a fat white ass and warm mouth is just fine.

    So a lot of times i just pull up and in Spanish tell them exactly what I’m looking for ! Big cocks to fuck me ! 9″ minimum ! Finding a Mexican with a big cock is difficult to say the least. So when I found a guy with 10″ uncut fat monster , I had him jump in my truck. I wasn’t going to let this opportunity get out of my grasp . So as we pulled out of the parking lot , I told him him I’d pay $200. For the work he was going to do today. He agreed and I took him to a hotel and rented a room . When we got to the room and i got my clothes off . He was surprised to see I was wearing fish net stockings and garter belt with crotchless panties on back wards to give access to my hole. I helped him get naked then i sat on the edge of the bed grasped his cock at the base and brought it to my lips ! I kissed and licked his tool until it was at its full potential. Then i took as much of him into my mouth and begun sucking him like a queen ! I wanted to taste his seed and watch him explode! So i just let him cum on my tongue and open mouth . Not only did he have a huge dick , but huge load as well.

    We both got up on the bed . He got between my legs and lay on top of me to make out. Soon he worked his way down between my legs and started eating my hole. After awhile he grabbed the lube and worked fingers into me . Then he asked for me to roll over. I got my ass up and face down offering my hole to him. He lubed his big cock and lined it up. The head was enormous. I could feel pressure as he pushed inside me. I couldn’t wait so i helped by pushing back, soon he popped in. Then inch by inch he worked magic on my hole . Soon he wad fucking me with passion while kissing my neck. Then he increased the speed while holding my hips pulling me onto him. My cock was so hard at this point it begun to cum on it’s own. Few minutes later he had me on my side lifting my leg and entering my hole again , while holding me tight and I pushing back as he came forward in perfect rhythm. Finally he rolled me on my back put my legs over his shoulders ! Added more lube and pushed all 10″ balls deep and stated railing me deep and hard on every stroke ! His big balls slapping against while he kissed me like he was in love. Then he pushed all the way in and collapsed on top of me as he came ! He continued to lay on top of me holding me tight as his cock softened.

    He rolled off me and i went down on Him cleaning his cock off. Then we fell asleep spooning totally exhausted, but absolutely sexually satisfied !

    I woke him up with some great head ! His dick was super hard that morning. I climbed on him and straddled him reached around and lined up his tool as I slid down engulfing his full length. Then as I lay on his chest kissing him i rode this Mexican dick like a pro ! Its was amazing being in the control position so I could make his fat cock head massage my prostate. Soon I was cumming all over his belly as I slammed my ass down on his tool. Soon he pulled me down by the hips and i could feel his cock pulsate as he flooded me his hot load ! Amazing dick !

  • Dildo Loving Bodybuilder

    A lonely night, on the bedroom floor, a 7-inch dildo is set right in front of a full-body mirror along with a camera… A bodybuilder walks in from the bathroom while drying himself with a towel, already prepared himself for what he’s about to do. He walks to the camera and gets it rolling, then back away slowly standing in front of the mirror admiring his own body…

    At 25 years old, Adam is a 6’4 muscle-bound stud packed with over 250 pounds of pure muscles, super shredded with very low body fat. He looks like a perfectly sculpted greek god statue… His abnormally huge and firm pecs look heavy and strong, inviting to be grabbed and ruffled with, and he has a big and tight muscle butt that’s so distracting for everyone around him. He has dark brown short hair and dashing blue eyes, being a bodybuilder, he keeps his body lightly tanned and smoothly shaved. He has a thick short full beard on top of his strong jawline, looking rough and tough with his deep and charming voice.

    Though it sounds like Adam has won a genetic lottery, there’s one thing that’s not so perfect about his body… His dick size is a bit underwhelming at just almost 5 inches fully erect. And obviously, Adam is very self-conscious about it, he doesn’t dare get naked in front of other people, and that keeps him a virgin to this day (if you don’t count sucking off his roommate in college as sex)

    Adam is always the manliest guy in the room wherever he goes, the guy that people would look up to as the most alpha of men, and who could blame them… he looks like one, acts like one, and sounds like one… But in reality, Adam is completely submissive in private, he realized it first-hand 3 years ago while gagging on a big fat cock. He feels ashamed about that part of himself… he pushed his body to the absolute limit to be the toughest of men… yet he secretly craves having other men shoving their cocks up his ass. No matter how hard he’s tried to fight the urge, he couldn’t deny his nature… And now… here he is… alone at night, standing naked in front of a mirror, a dildo stood up straight right under him, about to fuck himself with it… while recording everything…

    Just by the sight of the veiny 7-inch dildo is enough to give Adam a hard-on. He lubes it up along with his tight hole, before slowly sitting down on it while admiring the view in the mirror… Adam has this problem that he doesn’t know how to relax, he always tenses up and flexes his whole body real hard when things about to enter his tight hole. Maybe it’s his alpha instinct acting up to protect his manliness, or maybe he likes the extra pain he puts himself through, nobody knows…but that’s the reason why he can only handle up to 7 inches so far, he thinks he isn’t ready for anything bigger.

    … Finally… he pushes through, the tip has entered him, he lets out a small gasp, then pushes further down until his ass touches the floor letting out a long breath of relief. Him tensing up all the muscles while stuffing his ass is quite a stunning sight to behold, Watching an alpha muscle-god like himself struggling in this vulnerable position is such a turn on for him, Adam couldn’t get his eyes off of his own body in the mirror,

    Adam slowly starts squatting his ass up and down, moaning and breathing heavier as he goes. When the pace is getting faster, his huge pecs also start bouncing, his dick is now rock-hard and dripping uncontrollably. He enjoys the moment for a big while, feeling up his solid muscles, squeezing his pecs, playing with his nipples, rubbing his abs, all the while watching himself riding the dildo, constantly moaning in pleasure… The heat of the moment got him shines from all the sweat coming out, flexing too much causes veins to start popping up all over his ripped body.

    Seeing himself in this state gives him a conflicted thought… on one hand, he knows he’s a big manly alpha man… but on the other, he’s moaning like a bitch in heat, dick rocking hard by fucking himself in the ass. In Adam’s mind, those two don’t mix… the idea of him being a big muscle bitch is troubling him… He hates the idea… but it turns him on so much…

    From the squatting position, he then leans backward, supports himself with 2 hands… Now in an all-fours-face-up position, he aims his ass to hit the sweet spot with every thrust… He continues bouncing his ass on the dildo, poking his prostate furiously, the unbearable pleasure forces him to tilt his head all the way back.

    Not very long after, he could not handle this anymore… He grabs his dick with one hand, and with just some quick jerks, his cum bursts out while he loudly moans in pleasure… Strings of cum land on his sweaty abs and his huge twitching pecs, he sits all the way down on the dildo, clenching his ass tightly, his whole body couldn’t help but keep twitching while he continues jerking off, trying to squeeze the last drop out… He falls flat on his back, exhausted, breathing heavily, with a dildo still 7 inches deep up in his ass…

    After having some rest, Adam gets up and stops the camera that has been recording everything…He writes down ’05’ on the tape, indicating that this is the fifth time he’s done this… He could watch them later when he needs a quick wank without having to prepare his ass for it.

    The night ends well as Adam manages to quench his thirst by himself again… but he knows that the urge will come back soon… and it’ll be harder and harder to satisfy himself this way. Sooner or later, he will be desperate for a real cock… and the alpha bodybuilder would be forced to expose his tiny dick to another man…

  • The Other side

    “Wait” Jordan said, grabbing Ryan’s arm. He froze when Ryan did just that, looking at him expectantly. He swallowed and let go of his best friend’s arm, looking away.

    “We uh…..didn’t finish the game” he said before clearing his throat.

    Ryan stared at him.

    “Dude, if you hadn’t noticed, I have a bit of a problem” he said, gesturing to the bulge in his shorts. Jordan’s eyes flickered downwards before immediately looking back at Ryan’s slightly flushed face.

    He swallowed again, his own arousal warming his belly.

    Jordan was comfortable in his skin, in his sexuality. He loved girls. He was straight. He had no reason to believe otherwise until about a year ago when Ryan had come out to him. He’d been fine with it until Ryan started going into detail about how he had let his older cousin fuck him over and over . He’d told Ryan to stop but the images had already been planted. Images of his best friend lying on his stomach,his shorts down his ankles while his older cousin fucked into him. Jordan was shocked by how much he wanted to take the cousins place.

    The need had faded over time. That was until he found Ryan and Mason going at it in Ryan’s room some weeks ago. He’d been coming over to hang out even though it was nearly midnight. Ryan’s parents were out so they could stay up as long as they wanted. He’d forgone the use of the door and instead climbed the tree beside Ryan’s window. The first thing he saw through the window was Mason’s broad back, his bare ass flexing as he thrust into Ryan. Ryan was a wanton mess beneath him, his muscled legs spread wide, hands grabbing at Mason’s back and shoulders. His moans were muffled against Mason’s mouth. He broke the kiss when Mason thrust hard enough to jolt the bed, and then they were panting against each other’s mouths. Jordan couldn’t stop his gaze from dropping to where there bodies joined. His mouth watered at the sight of how tightly Ryan’s hole stretched around Mason’s impressive cock. Fuck, Mason must have been in heaven.

    Jordan’s eyes flared when a branch brushed against his crotch, dragging across his hard cock. He jumped in shock and that was how he fell flat on his back. He lay there for a while, his mind swimming with images of Ryan taking cock like he was born for it.

    He’d thought about it a lot afterwards, the images always catching him off guard. It didn’t take him long to discover that he was jealous of Mason, who was fucking Ryan on the regular. This was after he caught them once more, this time in the locker room. They were making out. Ryan had his pants lowered to his thighs. Mason had his hands on Ryan’s ass, spreading the soft mounds to expose an eager little pink hole.

    Sitting there, on the couch, hearing Ryan complain about how Mason wasn’t gonna fuck him had gotten to Jordan. The fact that his best friend was ready to get fucked had Jordan’s blood rushing south. He could give Ryan what he wanted,stuff him the way he obviously wanted.

    “Let me help” he said, looking right at him. Ryan’s eyes went wide, his lips parting.

    “Bro…”he started before trailing off and swallowing compulsively.

    Now that he had the words out,Jordan pressed on. He looked down at Ryan, which was easy given their slight height difference.

    ” Let me fuck you” Jordan said, his voice low. Ryan’s eyes were still wide, his breathing quickening.

    ” What the fuck man?”he demanded quickly. ” Don’t mess with me like that” he added with a nervous laugh , playfully shoving at Jordan’s chest. Jordan didn’t budge, instead he moved even closer, crowding Ryan.

    “I’m not messing with you Ryan, let me fuck you” he said , voice gravelly. The more he said it, the more he wanted it. Ryan’s eyes fluttered and he swallowed .

    “But…”

    “Come on, man” Jordan said. He leaned forward so his lips were beside Ryan’s ear ” it’ll feel so good” he whispered.They were close enough now that Jordan could feel the tension in Ryan’s body, could hear how hard he was breathing. He pressed his cheek against Ryan’s, slowly moving his mouth closer to Ryan’s.

    Ryan’s knees were weak, his cock hard as a nail in jockstrap. Jordan was a heavy presence in front of him, pushing against the wall beside the stairs .He could easily imagine all that bulk pressing him into the mattress, fucking him hard enough to hurt.

    He gasped when Jordan’s big hands caught him by the waist ,pulling him forward so there was no space at all in-between them.

    Jordan took advantage of his open mouth and kissed him. Ryan moaned, his body going deliciously limp.

    His best friend, they’d grown up tog- he lost his train of thought when Jordan hands slid beneath the waist band of his shorts at the same moment his tongue slipped into Ryan’s mouth.

  • My Neighbor’s Wife

    They moved in last month. She is pretty sexy. Tall with long dark hair, built with a big fine ass and large round tits. She was flirting with me from day one. Lately, I’ve been sort of lost sexually, and she could tell. My invitation for drinks ended up with just me and her in their living room. He was working or that was the story. Her blouse fell open showing most of the black lace bodysuit she had on underneath. She smiled and left it open. The next thing I know her cute little golf skirt was on the floor and her blouse was hanging from a lamp.

    It was clear from the beginning she was in charge. I could only do what she allowed me to do. But I was ok with that! My face was between her tits, kissing and rubbing them. She pushed me down between her legs to lick her soaking wet pussy. When I begged to fuck her she said it doesn’t work like that. If anyone was going to get fucked, it was going to be me. 

    She took me into the bedroom where she had a dildo waiting. She said I was going to be her bitch. I wasn’t sure what that meant, so she showed me. With her wonderful tits in my face, she worked the dildo in my butt-hole while she was jerking me off. She kept asking me if I liked it. I had to tell her the truth. “Yes, Ma’am, I do”. 

    This led to her strapping the dildo onto the front of her and bending me over the bed. She was giving me a reach around, squeezing my cock while she was ramming me hard. She kept asking me if I liked it. I kept yelling “Oh fuck YES!”

    I cam so fucking hard with that dildo all the way up my ass. I’ve never experienced that before. It was new and crazy and terrific!

    She used a big plug-in vibrator to get herself off. She liked me watching her do it. She put my number in her phone under ‘newbitch’. She called me the next day. 

    She asked if I was wanting more. I didn’t hesitate. This time she had me wearing her sexy red Valentine’s corset and panties. I’ve never worn ladies’ underwear before but quickly realized I liked it. The sex was just as kinky too. She kept calling me her ‘new bitch’ while she pulled on my cock and strap-on fucked me. 

    Later she sent the video of it to my phone. I was so humiliated and embarrassed! But There were plenty of views of her huge tits bouncing up and down in my face. I couldn’t stop watching it. But I caught myself looking at me in the corset and panties and listening to my schoolgirl-like squeals.

    She noted under the video that “Next time I’m going to shut you up”. And then added a “LOL”.

    I’ve never been gagged before. She used a couple of pairs of her panties and some wide white cloth tape. I was positioned face down on her bed dressed in a maid’s outfit from Halloween. She put a pillow under my middle propping my ass up in the air. Her outfit that day was the classic black lace and satin bra, panties, garter belt, and thigh-high nylons. So sexy! She took off her bra, kissed me and rubbed her tits in my face, and used it to tie my hands up to the headboard. 

    Before she pegged me like a bitch, she played with my butt, poking a slippery finger in, then spanking it a few times, while she jerked me off. 

    The video was crazy! She was on me fucking me like a crazed, hateful woman. She said she was going to fuck me like I owed them money. And she did. She kept screaming “You owe us fucking money, you bitch! Take this!” And I was screaming for help, but barely making out the words from my muffled, gagged mouth. It was GREAT! I was sore for a week. But her tits in my face and her firm grip stroking my cock and the vision of her vibrating herself to orgasm were all I really wanted to remember. 

    Last week began much the same. I was dressed in a pink tutu like a young girl would wear. Frilly skirt, a pink, satin top, pink leggings, a pink satin collar, and a large baby’s pacifier buckled in to gag me. 

    This time I was sitting on the floor at the foot of the bed with my arms spread out and cuffed to each of the bed’s foot posts. I was looking up at her while she slapped a riding crop off the palm of her hand like she was thinking of just how hard to swat me with it. 

    The large slippery rubber pacifier ball almost completely filled my mouth. She leaned down, unbuckled the strap holding it in, releasing it. I guess she decided she didn’t want me gagged this time. I was excited to suck her tits and nibble her nipples. I was expecting a great hand-job and some butt stimulation at the same time, too. 

    She whispered to me. “Tell me you’ll do anything I ask. Tell me you are my bitch.”

    “Of course, I’ll do anything. You are the best fuck I’ve ever had! I am your bitch, Ma’am!” 

    She placed a blindfold over my eyes. Her big beautiful breasts leaning down toward my face were the last things I saw that afternoon. 

    She was sitting on the floor next to me, kissing my neck and caressing me. I was getting hard. I felt and tasted the tip of a rubber dildo pressing between my lips. “Today you’ll learn to suck a cock like my bitch. ok”

    “Yes, Ma’am”.

    In and out it went. For what seemed like hours. She was giving me instructions and I was told I better pay attention. I learned many tricks that men like, that I’d never even heard of before. The most important trick was taking it down my throat. I had some trouble with that at first. But finally, exhausted and choking, I managed to let it slide all the way down. She slipped it in and out stroking and squeezing my cock as a reward with every successful thrust. The rubber cock and I were having quite the love affair. 

    The neighbor

    I came with the dildo halfway down my throat. I choked as I gasped, squirting all over her hand and myself. She laughed and said” “Well, do you think he is ready now?”

    I was puzzled and nervous. Then his deep voice penetrated the room where I thought we were alone. “We will see how he handles the real thing.”

    The lady moves away. I hear her walking out. Then his footsteps come to me. It must be her husband? Is it? I’m in a bit of a panic. I start to speak, to ask if it’s my neighbor. Instead of words coming out, the pacifier pops into my mouth. His hand is holding it firmly in. A naked, hairy man’s body slides in closer to me. His arm around me. I can feel and smell him. He is so close. Warm, and cuddling with me. Then a little kiss on my cheek. 

    “I’ve been watching your videos. You and my wife have had quite a lot of fun, haven’t you?”

    I give the cuffs securing my hands out to the footboard a pull. The cuffs rattle, and bed rocks. 

    “Don’t worry about those. She made sure you were chained properly to the bed. You’re not going anywhere unless I let you go.”

    His fingers begin pulling and playing with my satin top. The front buttons are loosening. He is rubbing the fabric, pushing it aside, and pressing his hand against my bare skin. He gives one of my nipples a firm pinch. Then, another kiss. I’m breathing hard. I little snot is blowing and dripping out of my nose. He slowly pulls the pacifier out. It makes a funny POP when it comes out. We both laugh. His lips touch my cheek. Another kiss. Then I feel them on my lips. He pushes my mouth open with his tongue. He gently squeezes my breast. He lets out a long, smooth moan. He is really enjoying fondling and kissing this little sissy boy. I was, surprisingly, enjoying it too.

    His hand is deep in my crotch. He is rubbing and squeezing my wet satin panties and soft cock. He just keeps kissing and fondling me until I get hard.  He can tell now I’m into it. He is moving around. he stans up in front of my blindfolded face. I’m fucked. 

    “Let’s see what sort of teacher my wife is. I think she did a fine job. Now we both get to find out for sure.”

    The tip of his long, fat cock presses against my face. He rubs it against my cheek. Then the other side. Finally, it’s pressing between my closed lips. I’m not ready. But I am sporting a nice little hard-on. I can still feel his warm hand rubbing it, his fingers squeezing my chest. His smell. 

    I slowly open. And he doesn’t hesitate. The full girth of his warm slippery cock slides into my drooling mouth. I let out a muffled “OH!”

    As I suck and throat him I’m thinking he will cum soon and this will be behind us. I’ll be set free. Free to go home to simply remember and maybe even dream of this crazy day. I’ll be able to ponder if I’ll return. Right now, I just want to get out of here quickly. 

    But, he doesn’t cum. I’m trying really hard. he is ramming and stuffing his cock in my mouth, hard and deep. My throat is barely taking it. Doesn’t he have to be close? Nope. He stops and moves away. Then I feel the warm running streams on my face. The blindfold is pulled off just as he lets another long one shoot right into my face. Cum is in my eyes. I still can’t see. And I’ve got some running into my mouth too.

    “Oh Fuck!” I say in a whining, complaining tone. I shake my head and get one eye to see. I’m looking up at him. ‘This kind of sucks,” I was thinking. He is looking down at his prize. Covered in nasty, sticky jizz. 

    “Oh Fuck!” He says in a triumphant tone.

  • Magic on the mountain – Book 3: Death and Rebirth

    Prologue

    The Grand Magus’s pale white skin reflects the firelight eerily as he looks over the piles of dead acolytes with rage. “The dark phoenix is defeated.” He thinks in disgust. Then shaking in anger his eyes begin to glow bright green as a sickly green mist begins to form over the bodies of his fallen followers.

    “You failed me in life, you will better serve me in death!” Says the grand magus.

    The mist glows with malevolent dark magical power and slowly the bodies of the fallen begin to rise. They crunch and glug with the sounds of broken bones and putrid flesh. With a green tint to their hollow eyes, they begin to stand in formation. The bulk of his army now consisting of the undead zombies before him. The grand magus laughs maniacally and shakes his hands.

    “I will have my revenge and nothing, or no one will stop what’s coming. My army of the dead will march and consume flesh. Unrelenting, unstoppable and insatiable!!!”

    “I cannot wait to see the look on your face wolf, when the undead eviscerate everyone you care about, you bastard.!” he whispers to himself with hate dripping off the very sound of his voice. As the grand magus’s echoes of laughter fade into the darkness of the caverns, the last of his acolyte’s tremble in fear, bowing and pledging themselves, to their new dark lord.

    Save one, He slips out through the maze of caverns silently and fearfully and when he makes it to the surface, he sighs.

    “I will warn someone, he has to be stopped. I didn’t sign up for this shit!”

    He stumbles off into the dark woods.

    1.Rich

    My name is Rich LaMont and I have been Devon Greyson’s one and only true friend since childhood. To say we were close would be an understatement. We are more like brothers. Devon and I had always had so much fun together growing up and I knew almost everything about him, even that he’s a mage. I remember being so excited when Devon told me about it, ten years ago. I longed to be special like Devon and always dreamed that one day, I would get magical powers too and we really would be like brothers.

    Ian McDurve had come into Devon’s life about the time he turned eighteen and started showing him how to use his magic. I always liked Ian. He was a kind and patient man, the only father figure Devon ever had.

    I knew the events that had unfolded this last year had put a strain on our relationship. Especially with Devon being so wrapped up in his new life with Jonah Myers the pack master of the largest werewolf pack in Colorado.

    I couldn’t help but be a little jealous over Devon and Jonah’s relationship and how Ian and his vampire mate Denton Granger always look so happy together. I knew spending another lonely night sulking over being single would drive me batshit crazy.

    I decided to call Devon and see if he wanted to spend the evening at my place for a dinner party.

    The phone rings and rings, then finally Devon answers saying “Rich buddy, what’s up man? I haven’t seen you since our anniversary party two weeks ago.” A sense of happiness in his voice.

    “Nothing really. Work’s been busy and hectic but, I have a few days off so, I was wondering if you and Jonah would like to come over for a dinner party at my place tonight? Ian and Denton will be here.” I asked hopefully.

    “That sounds great.” Devon replied.

    “Seven then! Bring Michael along if you like, he’s funny as hell.” I stated. Michael Is Jonah’s second in command of the werewolf pack and he and I had become good friends over the last year.

    “Sounds great.” Devon replied.

    “Ok then, see you tonight.” Devon stated and we hung up our phones.

    Devon, Jonah, Michael, Ian and Denton arrived right about seven and we started the night out with cocktails. I can’t cook very well so, I ordered pizza instead and we all had quite the buzz going by the time the pizza driver arrived. We gave him a little bit of a hard time with our intoxicated joking but he took it well and just smiled. Needless to say, he got a huge tip.

    Ian and Denton seemed to be enjoying themselves as they played poker and laughed at how ridiculous the rest of us were acting. I’m sure they had a bit of a difficult time getting our humor. Being nearly immortal they were so much older than us.

    As the night went on Michael told me stories about his youth and growing up in the pack. I have to say I was intrigued and listened intently. I appreciated Michael for being such a loyal friend to Devon after he and Jonah became mates. He was a tall guy, six foot two maybe and muscular as hell. His hair was brown and it hung just below his neckline. I guess he was attractive for a man so he probably got a lot of attention from the ladies.

    We were all out on the back patio when I went to the tree line at the foot of the patio steps to relieve myself. I heard a strange rustling come from the brush in front of me but, it was late and too dark to see anything.

    I turned and looked at all my friends in front of me and thought “I may not have a girl, but I have five great friends.” I started to chime in on one of Michael’s jokes when a figure stepped out of the brush behind me. Shocked and surprised I turned to the shadowy figure and said, “Hey man, this is private property.” Surprised anyone had even wandered all the way here since my property was quite large and bordered the packs land. I thought he was about to speak when he just made strange gurgle sounds. Jokingly I turned to my friends and said “Wow, this guy is shitfaced.”

    Suddenly he grabbed me from behind. In a panic I elbowed him in the gut hard but, he didn’t even budge. I struggled to get away when I saw his green glowing eye’s. I screamed “GUYS! What the fuck!”

    Jonah and Michael leapt from the patio to get him off of me when I felt pulsing fire and pain on my shoulder. I screamed when I felt part of my neck get ripped off.

    Devon ran to my side as I collapsed to my knees holding the wound, then the world started getting grey and hazy.

    Ian ran outside and screamed “What the hell happened?”

    Then with a swing of his arm the strange man burst into flames. He stumbled around for a few seconds, then he fell to the ground with a loud thump.

    I heard the serious sound in my best friend’s voice after he examined my wound. I began to lose consciousness.

    “Shit guys this is bad, really bad! He’s losing blood fast!” Devon said.

    “We need to get him to the pack healers NOW!” barked Jonah.

    I felt the world closing in around me as they piled me in Jonah’s truck then left for the pack medical clinic which was far closer to us then the hospital. Ian and Denton followed right behind in Ian’s cherry red mustang. Ian exclaimed “That was a gods damned Zombie! What the hell is a rogue zombie doing running around the woods?”

    The healers rushed me into the trauma room and began casting magical healing spells and using charms on my neck wound. I felt everything go hazy and dark again, the sounds in the world around me grew faint and distant. Everything went black.

    I began to see a strangely beautiful forest and it seemed to sparkle and twinkle every color of the rainbow. I was mesmerized and I felt a peace wash over me. For the first time in my adult life I didn’t feel lonely.

    A figure started to appear, walking towards me from out of the forest. It was a beautiful woman. Her every feature was textbook perfect in every way, blonde hair that hung to her feet, high pronounced cheek bones, inhumanly bright blue eyes and wore a mystical looking gown, that flowed in the gentle breeze. It was a strange opalescent color as it shown in the sun.

    When she reached me, she smiled and said “It’s time my child. You are the chosen light bringer and you have much to learn. Now go, the world needs you. Be kind and know love, always.”

    Then everything grew blindingly bright.

    2.Michael

    Everyone wanted to be there for Devon. I’d never seen anyone so heart broken. Rich had died in Devon’s embrace after the healers told him Rich’s wounds were fatal and to say his goodbyes. I’ve never felt so useless and we all felt the loss of Rich’s death. Not only was rich Devon’s best friend his entire life but, we all had come to love rich like family this last year.

    Jonah couldn’t help but try and comfort Devon as he sobbed holding Richs bloody hand. Devon was covered in blood and Jonah wanted to take him home, so he gently started to ease Devon away from Rich’s body and lead him out the door into the hall.

    Ian and Denton just stood back to let everyone try to calm their minds after the shock of it all began to sink in. Then suddenly one of the nurses screamed and ran out, a bright light was coming from the trauma room where rich’s body was. We all piled into the room to see the strangest and most shocking thing when we entered.

    The room was ablaze with floating balls of light and Rich’s body was floating three feet off the bed. His skin started to glow a brilliant yellow as blue light traveled through his veins and arteries. It was like the fourth of July in the twilight zone. Suddenly Rich’s body began to convulse and then floated back down onto the bed. A strange shimmer filled the room as Rich’s skin began turning back to normal.

    Devon looked at Rich’s neck drawing closer to his body, when he sat up gasping for air. Rich started frantically looking around the room and said” Where’d she go? Sh-She was just here.”

    We all stood struck dumb by what was happening. Rich looked at everyone and smiled then said “What’s wrong, who died man? Why are you crying Devon?

    Devon just moved in and hugged his best friend. Denton said “I’ve never seen a magical aura like the one Rich has right now. Whatever is going on some serious magical power just flowed through Rich.”

    Rich looked down at his blood covered pants and chest and said “Oh man, what’s happening? I-I was dead, wasn’t I?” A look of fear covered his face.

    Ian said “Yeah you were but you got sent back didn’t you? By a being in white?”

    Rich sat and thought for a moment then said “Yeah, the woman in white from my dream, only it wasn’t a dream was it?”

    “No Rich, I don’t think it was and If I’m right, your life will be changed forever.” Ian said mysteriously.

    “You’re staying with us tonight Rich.” said Devon” What ever happened we need to figure this out or somebody could get hurt or even killed!”

    We all went straight to Devon and Jonah’s house and Ian and Devon hit their magic books. About four hours and six magic almanacs later, Ian said “I think I have something here!”

    “what is it?” asked Devon. Ian said “According to these ancient Sumerian texts, well, I think Rich is a cleric.” Then he cleared his throat. Seeming a little unsure.

    “There hasn’t been a cleric in a thousand years. They started disappearing long ago according to the legends. Besides, I always thought they were a myth anyway.” Said Denton.

    Ian said “According to this scroll I have, a cleric is reborn after someone honorable, loyal and pure of heart meets an untimely death. It also states they would be visited by a mystical being of incredible beauty that would bless them and send them back into their earthly vessel to defend the people from dark forces and death itself.”

    Denton says” I’m calling in a favor, we need more to go on then the vague depictions of an ancient magic almanac, love.”

    Ian says “Good, and in the meantime, I think you should stay here at Devon and Jonah’s until we know more, Rich.”

    “yeah that’s cool, good idea.” Rich replied with a strained smile.

    They finally made it to bed about four in the morning. It took and While for rich to fall asleep. I stayed at Jonah’s on the couch to periodically check on rich and make sure he was ok. I was beginning to drift off when I heard a thrashing sound coming from the room Rich was in. I sprang to my feet and opened the door. Rich was having some kind of nightmare. He was covered in sweat and I tried to wake him. Finally the third time I called his name he began to come out of it.

    “Rich buddy, you’re having a nightmare.” I softly said.

    Rich sat up huffing and breathed a heavy sigh. “Whoa that was intense.” he said.

    For the first time I was able to see him shirtless. His sweaty body. The muscular chest and the patch of dark brown chest hair that trailed to his briefs revealing a sizable package. Rich had a classic dark brown goatee and well-groomed light brown hair. I averted my eyes, a little taken by his sheer beauty.

    “How could I have never noticed how gorgeous he was?” I thought to myself. I think I even blushed which was not in my nature at all. Rich was looking very appealing to me. I’ve never had sex with a man before even though I have experimented. It’s nothing odd for werewolf men to mate with one another due to the low number of female werewolf’s. It is a well-known fact that female cubs are somewhat rare so, the men often bond with other men. Werewolf’s mate for life once the bond is complete. For the bond to be complete one has to bite the other claiming them as their one and only mate. Right now, in this moment, I was feeling very much like biting someone.

    I talked to rich for a while, until he had calmed down and I could no longer hear his heart beat as fast. I then made my way to the couch and fell asleep.

    3.Rich

    It had been about three days since my whole dying incident and I was going batshit stir crazy. I had to get out and have a little fun. “I didn’t cheat death to sit around here all the time.” I thought, so when I saw Michael come in that afternoon, I decided I needed a partner in crime.

    “Hey Michael, want to go out to the bar later?” I asked quietly

    “Wouldn’t Jonah get pissed if we left?” he said

    “I don’t care, I’m going nuts, I need to get out of here!” I huffed back.

    “Fine.” he said” But we don’t separate all night ok?”

    “Cool.” I said giving him my thank you smile.

    We left for the bar around eleven and got there to find it was mostly empty. So, we went to the bar and ordered a pitcher of beer and played some darts. It wasn’t a fancy place it was rustic and very western looking, built out of logs like a log cabin and had a riding bull to boot. Four pool tables were arranged in one section and a dance floor on the other side with several dining tables. I didn’t care what the place looked like I was just happy as hell to be out of that house for a while. Also I was with a good friend and that made it the perfect place to be. We were on our third pitcher of beer and it was last call. So, we finished the last of the beer and headed for the parking lot.

    Neither of us were willing to drink and drive so we hung out. Laying back on the hood of the truck we watched the stars while we told each other jokes. Laughing occasionally and having such a good time for the first time in days. I looked over at Michael and several seconds later I caught myself staring. He really was ruggedly handsome with that five-o clock shadow and that black thick dark head of hair. I shook my head strangely turned on. “Lonely too long I guess”. At least that’s what I told myself.

    I’ve never been with a man, women were my thing after all. So, these feelings and sensations had me a little rattled and I suddenly got very nervous. A fact I think Michael could sense, damn werewolves. We watched the stars a little while longer then I suggested we call a taxi, but Michael insisted we had waited long enough he had sobered up. We made our way back to Devon and Jonah’s when we were met by an angry Jonah. I decided I would stay out of it because Jonah’s angry gaze was focused on Michael.

    I could hear them argue, then things got quiet and Michaels truck left the drive just as Jonah walked in. “Devon’s freaked, by the way; you could have at least let him know where you were. He worries about you because you are new to your powers there’s always the possibility someone could get hurt if you got angry or scared.” He said kindly. Then he went up the stairs to their room. I suddenly felt a little guilty for just bailing after dinner.

    I went to my room and stripped down to my briefs and went to sleep. That night I had the strangest dream about Michael. I was alone with him in some strange house and he suddenly leaned in and kissed me. Not a friendly peck either, I mean passionate, deep and sensual, it was amazing. I loved the feel of his stubble on my face and the sensation of his muscles under the touch of my hand. I woke up with the hardest erection I think I’ve ever had, which freaked me the hell out.

    The next morning Michael showed up right after breakfast and I got butterflies in my stomach, so I had to go out for a jog. Not only did I need to get away from him but I needed to work out some of that nervous energy.

    After I returned, Michael was nowhere to be found. I breathed in a sigh of relief and hit the shower. The feel of the hot water was amazing and helped me relax a bit. I got out of the shower and dried off then got dressed in my blue jeans and a T-Shirt. I brushed through my brown hair that was just long enough it wrapped behind my ears. Then I trimmed my goatee and made my way too the study to talk to Devon.

    When I walked into Devon’s office, he rushed to me and began flipping through a magic compendium. He had found a section on the powers possessed by clerics.

    “Hey rich”, He said “this stuff is amazing. This states that according to legend, a cleric’s abilities are naturally within them, meaning you don’t casts spells like a mage, you conjure nature’s innate magical energies and channel them into magical abilities. I mean, powerful healing abilities and scorching heat abilities. Eventually even resurrecting someone if they have just recently died. Of course, it’s all speculation at this point because we can’t be certain this information is even correct and not just mythological.

    I just stood there in a trance; this is all so new to me. I couldn’t help but space out. “S-Sorry, I am just a bit overwhelmed by all this. I must say, I always wanted to be special like you but, this is so unexpected.” I said.

    “Yeah, it is a bit strange but, you don’t know how happy I am you’re still alive and well. You’re my best friend Rich.” Devon said.

    “I love you too, buddy.” I replied and hugged him; We were like brothers after all.

    That evening, Ian and Denton showed up with an ancient book. When they showed me, Ian explained, “This book is an ancient training manual containing everything you need to know about being a cleric. It’s the only one in existence that’s in English, because Denton had the original translated from ancient Sumerian to English for you. It took us three days because we had to travel to Europe to find, translate and replicate the original.”

    “Great, finally some reliable information, I can’t thank you guys enough!” I said with excitement.

    Then I disappeared into my room and began the arduous task of studying the thing. It’s a good thing I’m a quick study. I studied tirelessly for about a week before the guys all showed up. Ian, Denton, Jonah and Devon. I asked “What’s up guys? Why so serious?”

    Denton was the first to chime in with ”You need to shave and take a damn shower because you stink, you look like a street urchin. Then we’re taking you out. You’ve been stuck in that book for a week now. Come, let’s get you cleaned up.”

    “But, I’m so close to understanding how all this works, just another couple of days. “I promise.“ I pleaded.

    “Hell Rich, you will be able to study better, if you blow off some steam, come on man.” Jonah stated.

    “Sure, maybe you’re right. I’ll go get ready.”

    “Oh, it’s a ritzy place so, wear the Armani vest and slacks we bought you a while back.” Devon said.

    “Sure thing.” I replied.

    Then about an hour later we hit downtown.

    I began to take in the street lights and the strange orange glow they emitted. The traffic and hustle and bustle of so many people. I indeed found it a distraction. I began to calm a bit just getting out of the house. The sensations I got from people were strange. I could feel things radiate off of certain people. I had no idea what that was about but I liked it. I even had the urge to touch a few of the people but managed to control myself. It must be the healer magic inside me, sensing something in them that needed to be healed.

    We arrived at a posh and VERY exclusive night club in downtown. After Devon and Denton paid our way in and set up a tab, it was on! I hit the bar hard ordering three shots of tequila and a beer to chase it down. We danced, laughed, joked and played some pool until last call. I had to admit this was exactly what I needed.

    4.Fates new path

    I was two thirds of the way through the ancient almanac when I decided to begin putting the things I’d learned to the test. I went outside, Devon hot on my tail. I had learned from the text that my magic was not conjured from within it was channeled from the very earth and nature, then focused into an ability.

    I started with a simple magical light ability. I calmed my mind and began to focus. Then I concentrated (Like the book said) on pulling the magic from the world around me. I began to sense every living thing around me right down to the bacteria in the soil. I felt my belly start to tingle and a strange heat began to build in my core. I then focused on a ball of light and within seconds I could feel my hand start to pulse like it was being zapped with electricity. I held up my hand and with a low dull snapping sound a ball of bright white light appeared above my shoulder. Needless to say, I began to shout “YES, yes, yes, I got this!”

    Devon was shocked at how quickly I was able to control it and conjure the light. I just told him it felt so natural and it was like instinct. He smiled and we went back into the house. I was the focus of conversation all night that night.

    I had to admit having Michael around so much was beginning to make me feel a strange sense of peace and a safe feeling washed over me whenever he was around. I tried not to admire his sexy rugged attractiveness. “I’m straight, where the hell are these feeling coming from.” I thought to myself. I just couldn’t put my finger on it.

    The more I paid attention I began to notice that Michael was doing the same thing. I had caught him staring at me more than once. I didn’t really mind him having his eyes on me, it was kind of flattering.

    Then Jonah and Michael jumped to their feet cocking their heads, listening to sounds we couldn’t hear.” The pack is calling out a perimeter breach at the northern border.” Jonah said with a sudden tension in his tone.

    We all piled into the jeeps and headed out with a cloud of dust and earth trailing behind. Just then Ian and Devon cringed at the sensation that the wards were being breached.

    We hit the scene and to our horror we pulled up to a wickedly gruesome scene. Three wolfs were being eviscerated by what appeared to be the waking dead. Ian and Devon started to drive the five zombies back with fire but even set on fire they seemed to keep going. Running at all of us while on fire wasn’t a good thing. They quickly realized fire covered zombies attacking was worse, so they extinguished the hot burning flames with frost spells.

    “Why isn’t our fire magic killing them?” Devon shouted and Ian replied “They are being controlled by powerful magic. They are most likely infested with lost souls.”

    Then more began to appear from the forest and we started to fall back towards the jeeps. I tripped stepping back and within seconds they were almost on me. One was lunging at me and in a panic, I blocked with my arms in a futile attempt to protect myself my every cell screaming, “I’m Going to die!”

    When suddenly I felt a heat in my belly and my hands started tingling. Then a silvery light, bright and clear, blasts from my hands and the glowing green eyes of the zombies lunging at me went milky white as they dropped to the ground, still and lifeless.

    I saw more coming through the trees. Michael grabbed me lifting me to my feet and we ran to the jeeps. The tires spinning on the loose ground as we pulled away, falling back to the house.

    “What the fuck, why didn’t our mage fire drop them like it did to the one at Rich’s place that night?” Devon asked, as if in shock.

    “The one at Rich’s house was probably not infused with a spirit but rather directly influenced by a necromancer.” Ian said in response.

    “Necromancy?” Devon inquired in disbelief.

    “Most definitely!” Ian replied.

    As soon as we got back to the house, everyone asked what I did to kill the zombies. I said “I think it was my magic releasing the trapped souls that were animating the corpses. I think that’s how the book explained it. It was just automatic. I didn’t even think about using an ability on them.”

    “It’s one of your passive abilities, a natural defense your magic has when it senses a dark magical threat and sometimes even feelings of fear or rage can activate an ability. It’s a very rare talent among any magic user. Your magic senses the danger and reacts when emotions prompt it too. You still need to study. You can protect yourself and everyone else far better, and react quicker with a focused knowledgeable mind.“ Ian explains.

    “The undead were animated by an illegal necromancer. We need to find out who this dark sorcerer is before he gathers even more corpses for his undead militia.” Ian states.

    “Why the fuck is he coming after my pack, and how can we defend against the undead?” Jonah asks with a growl.

    Looking at me Ian states “Rich, you’re going to be vital to this fight, we need your magical abilities more than anything right now. So, I need you to learn as much as you can in the next few days. We will also need a plan, and fast.”

    Devon says “No, no way, he’ll get himself killed!” Devon exclaims with concern.

    “We have to use every weapon we have at our disposal right now. The most powerful weapon we have against necromancy is Rich. He’s a cleric now and his powers of light are the strongest weapon we have against dark magic.” Ian stated plainly

    “We have no choice in this matter. Rich is on Fates new Path.”

    5. The Acolyte

    Rich is in the study carefully reading through the Cleric almanac Ian and Denton gave him. The almanac is a manual for any cleric. It teaches them everything they need to know about their abilities. He hears Jonah and Michael burst through the house running. “What the hell is going on now?” he wonders.

    Rich runs to the living room and sees Jonah swing open the front door just as the werewolf packs border guards drag in a pale young fae boy. “Who are you and who sent you?” screams Jonah.

    “I-I- Just came from the caverns to warn you! He’s coming to kill you all and raze the city!” The young acolyte says fearfully.

    “Who is coming? Who sent you?” Jonah screams in rage.

    “N-Nobody I ran. I swear I’m just here to warn you, he’s crazy, The Grand Magus! He’s gone mad with revenge! He’s turned to necromancy! I will not take part in it!” Shouts the boy tearfully.

    “You’re lying, because I saw him die by my hand!” Jonah growls.

    “He had a resurrection rune tattooed on his arm, it brought him back. B-but he’s different now! He radiates with a darkness I’ve never felt before!” Cries the young fae.

    “What do you want to do with the boy Jonah?” Michael asks.

    Take him to the edge of the city and drop him off, we know what we need to know.” Jonah turns to the boy and states,” If I see you again, you’re dead and I will be keeping tabs on you, so if you so much as think about using dark magic again, I’ll be coming for you!”

    “y-yes sir, never again, I swear!” cries the boy as the werewolf guards carry him out.

    “Well at least now we know what we’re up against.” Grumbles Jonah with a worried expression.

    “I’m going to get back to my study’s, It sounds like I don’t have much time.” Rich states.

    Rich then heads back to the study. Devon and Ian leave to reinforce the wards. They know the wards can’t stop the zombies but only alert Ian and Devon that the they have breached them. Because they have no magical signature, they react like a human to the ward and just pass through.

    “Put the wolfs on boundary duty on high alert. I want to know the second a zombie crosses into pack land. Oh, and tell them not to engage, not until we know how to fight them.” Jonah states to Michael.

    “Sure thing Jonah.” Replies Michael.

    The rest of the day passes without disturbance and the group sits down for dinner. Renaldo the chef was in the kitchen preparing their meal when rich comes to the table rubbing his tired eyes and says, “Break time.” As he smiles a half smile. The group just smiles and says, “About time you took a rest, you’ve been at it all day.”

    Rich just smiles as Renaldo brings out the first course. They eat in near silence as they all contemplate their uncertain future. Rich asks “Where’s Michael?”

    Jonah just smiles and says “He’s at his place eating I’m guessing”.

    “Of course he is, how stupid of me.” Rich replies with embarrassment written on his face.

    “I’ve figured out several ways to combat the zombies just nothing to help the boundary patrols yet.” Rich says with a hint of disappointment.

    They all finish their late meal and Ian and Denton head for their house as Jonah and Devon head up to bed saying goodnight to Rich. Just as they reach the top of the stairs Devon freezes. “What’s wrong babe?” Jonah asks with concern.

    “We’re being watched Jonah. I can feel it’s energy!” Whispers Devon.

    “By who?” Jonah asks.

    “Not who, what.” States Devon as he looks down over the upstairs railing.

    Then suddenly an invisible force tosses Devon over the railing, sending him falling to the floor below with a deafening crash. “No, DEVON!” screams Jonah as Rich runs out from the study. “Oh, my gods Devon, what happened?“ Cries Rich fearfully. Jonah leaps off the second-floor landing on his feet with a thud. He runs to Devon’s limp bloody body. Before he can even check on Devon, he is hurtled through the air slamming against the wall, knocking every bit of air out of him. Jonah, laying on his stomach, leans up on his elbows choking and gasping for air. Coughing through the pain of his broken ribs, he yells at Rich to help Devon. Rich stands up and looks around the silent room. When he looks up in the very corner of the ceiling, he sees a Demon with black and red markings and runes covering its body. He stumbles back in fear as the Demon screeches at him. Jonah looks at rich with confusion.

    “What are you doing Rich? Check on Devon damn it!” Jonah shouts, but Rich is focused on the upper corner of the ceiling.

    “Can’t you see it?” Rich cries out. Then the demon lunges towards rich as Rich throws his arms up in defense. Just then a bright golden shield encompasses Rich and the demon slams into it as the sound of sizzling flesh hisses through the room. The demon howls and the house rumbles. Now Jonah can make out the outline of a figure.

    Rich thinks back to the day before when he read about nightshade demons. He begins to pull magic from the world around him, as a magical swirling golden dust cloud forms in front of him. He throws his arms outward towards the demon. The dust like cloud of golden light slams into the demon and it howls. The sound of the demon now audible even to Jonah. They watch the spirit flee through the wall.

    Rich falls at Devon’s side and quickly checks his pulse. Feeling nothing, his training kicks in and he starts CPR. “Breath damnit Devon!” he cries out. He keeps going one-minute passes then two as a lump of terror fills Jonah’s Throat. Three minutes pass, but Rich won’t give up. He keeps going, the fear and pain apparent in rich’s eyes. Suddenly his Eyes begin to glow bright white. His hands light up with a golden glow as a jolt of magic surges through him and into Devon with a loud crackle.

    Devon jerks and gasps as he takes in a huge breath of air. Then he slumps back onto the floor. Rich doesn’t miss a beat as he immediately checks Devon’s pulse and smiles.

    “He’s back, Jonah he’s alive!” He shouts as Jonah lets out a shaky sigh of relief.

    “Let’s get him to the pack med center. “Jonah says as he scoops Devon up. Wincing through the pain of his own broken ribs he carries Devon to the jeep. Jonah sits in the back seat with Devon while Rich drives them to the medical center.

    6.The encounter

    It had been a few days since the demon attack and we surmised it was there to spy on us and possibly try to kill Devon. Since then, I’ve been patrolling with Michael every night and I have to say, I enjoy it. I get the strangest feeling of longing when I look at him. So needless to say, our nights together are something I’ve grown to look forward to.

    The time was about three thirty in the morning and some of the other werewolf’s should be coming any minute to relieve us. Michael and I made it about thirty more feet before the others came out of the woods and took over for the last half of the morning.

    We talked for a bit then Michael said “Come with me Rich, I want to show you something.” We walked through the woods to a rock cliff overlooking the river where it turned into a waterfall. We sat on the edge of the cliff and took in the view of the moon, big and bright in the night sky. The stars shone bright in the dark sky as we talked and laughed. Michael had a singular sense of humor that I thought was hilarious. Suddenly his smile struck me, he had an amazing smile. I noticed I was staring at him when he asked me with a smile. “What? Do I have something on my face?”

    “No, no, sorry.” I replied and he seemed a little pleased to have caught me staring. I asked him what that look on his face meant and he stammered around his words a bit and just looked down. Then he suddenly looked up leaned towards me and kissed me. My gut instinct was to pull away but something inside me compelled me not to. I found myself thoroughly enjoying his soft lips. Then he stopped and apologized sheepishly. I didn’t know what to say so I grabbed his chin and kissed him deep and hard. Every cell in my body screamed yes. I kissed him for a long time as he held my face in his hands and kissed me deeper. Our tongues were wrestling in a battle of passion. I knew it was too late to stop this now so, I let myself go. I let go of all the fear, stereotypes and labels. I gave myself to the moment completely. I felt his stubble on my lips and just like in the dream I’d had it aroused me. He leaned towards me gently pushing me back onto the ground. He began to kiss down my neck as he pulled up my shirt and kissed my hard chest. Then worked my right nipple with his teeth. My breath sped up as a heat built in my groin.

    Then he unbuttoned my pants and I started to panic. He lifted his head up and asked me if I wanted him to stop. I couldn’t answer so I just pulled my zipper the rest of the way down and pushed his face towards my swollen cock. He pulled my pants down to my knees. I was burning inside with a hunger and my heart was pounding in my chest. I couldn’t believe I was doing this, but it felt so right.

    Then his tongue began to work the head of my member and I felt it throb. In seconds his warm, wet mouth was fully engulfing my cock and I let out a gasp. My body tensed at the sensation. He began to work my cock vigorously with his hot mouth and I knew I wasn’t going to last long. I wanted to savor this moment though, so I held back with all my strength. He moved up and down on me faster and faster until my cock burned and throbbed with the ache of my quickly approaching orgasm. I started to tense and I whispered “I’m gonna cum.” But he kept going until my entire body started to convulse with the jolts of my orgasm. My cock pumped his wanting mouth full. After a few seconds he stopped and sat up smiling.

    I didn’t know what to say, I started to freak out about what I just did and pulled up my pants. I looked at his gorgeous face and just turned around and began to walk away. I was totally confused now. Am I gay now, or maybe Bi? I didn’t know what to think, I was in such a state. I hurried back to Devon and Jonah’s and went straight to my room. I grabbed a beer and gulped it down then grabbed another. I started thinking back and kept realizing he was perfectly polite. He even gave me an out, but I wanted it to happen. I was beside myself so I forced myself to go to bed and try to sleep.

    I spent the next several days completely avoiding him. I would leave if he entered and I made sure we were never alone. Finally, I guess he had enough and walked into my room shutting the door behind him.

    “What the hell man?” He said “Are you really so freaked out, why are you avoiding me. Please talk to me man.”

    Again, I didn’t know what to say so I replied “Hey, I’m not gay, what happened was just sex man. It was a mistake.”

    His face looked like I had just shot his dog. So I said “Hey I’m sorry if I gave you the wrong idea but, this can’t happen.”

    “Why?” he said “I know you like me, your heart beats faster every time I’m around. Come on Rich, give this a chance. Please.”

    I stated “Please just go man, there’s nothing more to say.”

    He stepped back a couple steps and turned around and walked out. I felt like such an asshole. I wanted him badly but, I couldn’t force myself to accept I was totally and completely crazy over a guy. Now I’ve hurt his feelings and I was more confused than ever by the encounter.

    7.Michael

    I have to admit I was hurt. I can’t believe he just wants to pretend like there was nothing between us that night on the cliff. I was beginning to get angry now. I’m never good enough for anyone, not even my family. I was taken in by another family after my biological parents were killed and my adoptive parents always favored their biological son Jeremy. Jeremy and I always got along though. He was my best friend until he went off to college and got his veterinary license. He came back all stuck up and my folks doted on him.

    Nobody will ever want me, I’m second best at everything. The son that didn’t go to college. I mean hell I was second in command of the pack and they still don’t seem to think I’m good enough. It’s always Jeremy did this and Jeremy did that. I know it seems petty to be jealous and I hated that about myself too.

    Regarding Rich though, I should have known that if I put myself out there, he would reject me. I shouldn’t have kissed him, if I hadn’t, we would still be friends. I started to realize the time and was dreading our patrol together tonight. I made my way back to my place to get dressed for the night. If I had to shift, I didn’t want to ruin my nice jeans.

    Rich met me outside and just like I had imagined, he wouldn’t even look me in the eyes. The night went by without any attacks so at three A.M. we were relieved by the others and I walked him to Jonah’s. I told him “I’m really sorry man, I hate that I ruined our friendship.” He didn’t say a word and just walked inside. My blood boiled. He fucking ignored me completely.

    It was Monday and Jonah wanted me to work with Rich on some self-defense moves. I was reluctant but Devon was still in the packs medical clinic recovering so Jonah was in a piss poor mood. I didn’t want to upset him any more than he was. So, I didn’t say anything, I just nodded and left. Rich was getting the hang of his new powers now, so it was time to work on his physical abilities.

    Once he finally came out to train, about thirty minutes late, I was pretty steamed but I tried not to show it. I started him off with some stretches and we slowly worked our way into defensive moves and certain blocks and dodges. I have to say for someone who doesn’t fight ever, he could move. I couldn’t help but look (A lot) when he took his shirt off. He had a nice muscular chest for his size and nice arms. His stomach was nice and firm. He was sweating and the sight of him all ripped and muscular made me a little week in the knees.

    Then I remembered what a dick he was being and came back to my senses. I didn’t need to be swooning over some asshole who won’t accept how he feels and who he is. I would rather not feel the humiliation of his rejection again.

    We trained for about four hours and I could tell he’d had enough so, we called it a day.

    He pretty much just ignored me entirely and walked into the house. I tried to shrug it off but, it really got to me. I felt regret, I never should have kissed him but it was too late for that, it’s done and over with.

    Later that night we were on patrol again and so far, the night had been quiet. I thought “Oh, god another night of silence.” And rolled my eyes in frustration. I mean how long can this go on? Then I heard something and told Rich to freeze. He stopped dead in his tracks. Silence, nothing but silence and just when I let my guard down, they rushed us from the trees. Three zombies lunged at us two going for Rich and one coming at me. I shifted into half wolf form and jumped out of the way then attacked it from behind. I swung, raking it with my claws but it only reacted by rushing me again. I jumped over it leaping a good seven feet in the air and slashed again. The stench of rotting flesh overpowered the air.

    I heard rich scream and turned to find him on the ground holding one by the throat as it tried to bite at his face. A panic rushed through me and while I was distracted, I felt a searing pain as the zombie behind me that I’d been fighting took advantage of the moment and bit down on my arm. I couldn’t react to the pain. I just had to attack with everything I had. I decapitated the creature with my claws in one massive swing. I ran to rich and swiped at one on top of him hitting its abdomen causing its organs to fall to the ground with a splat. I clawed and ripped the other one as Rich scooted backwards on the ground, his eyes wide with fear.

    Another flash of pain hit me, this time on my shoulder and I could smell the scent of blood in the air, my blood. I turned to my newest attacker and swung again raking my claws across its s face as it stumbled back. One In front of me and one behind me now. I turned sideways to face off with both at once, then they attacked. I grabbed one by the throat but the second caught my neck with its teeth ripping at my flesh. I could feel the warmth of my blood run down my neck and chest. I squeezed the throat of the creature and its head popped off landing with a dull thud.

    The second had me by the neck with its teeth and its arms clenched tight around me with an inhuman strength. I felt light headed from the loss of blood and began to lose my balance.

    Rich sprung to his feet in a panic and all I could see was a bright blinding light flash and the zombie let go and fell off of me. Then I felt nothing but the cold hard ground against my face. The world went black and all I could hear was Rich screaming my name as everything faded to silence.

    8.Broken

    I scrambled for the radio but it had fallen out of my belt I searched and searched but it was too dark, I couldn’t see shit. “No, no, no shit Michael, stay with me man, stay with me!” I shouted but he passed out and he was losing a lot of blood fast.

    Suddenly I remembered something from the book. I closed my eyes and snapped my fingers. A burst of light appeared from a glowing orb just above my shoulder, it followed me as I searched for the radio. This time I found it laying just under the edge of a bush. I scrambled with the radio fumbling with the buttons until I heard a click and I called out “Hello, hello!”

    Suddenly there was a voice on the other end. I held it to my face and told them “We were attacked at the northeast boundary, section 3. Michael’s badly wounded and losing blood fast, he doesn’t have much time!”

    “On our way now hold tight.” said the lady on the other end.

    I took off my belt and tied off his arm to slow the bleeding. Then I took off my shirt and held it tight to his neck wound where the blood poured out the heaviest. Then waited. “Oh, gods rich don’t die man, I’m sorry about everything, just don’t die on me!”

    Just then the medical jeeps rushed up to us and slid to a stop. Not missing a beat, I told them “He’s lost too much blood and his pulse is weak and irregular, and his breathing is slow and shallow, hurry!” We piled Michael in the back and I sat with him, holding the shirt to his neck wound as we rushed to the pack’s medical clinic. They piled out and said “We’ve got it from here!” and rushed him into the trauma room.

    I stood in the hall in shirtless and in shock covered in Michaels blood. I stared at the door to the trauma room for a good two minutes, then took a step back and turned to leave. Jonah ran up to me asking”What the hell happened?”

    I said “We were attacked by three zombies this time and they weren’t like the first ones, they were fast and vicious! Michael saved my life but now h-he.” I couldn’t finish the words they just caught in my throat. I ran, I ran as fast as I could all the way back to Jonah and Devon’s. I got to my room sat on the edge of the bed and put my face in my hands and sobbed. After a while I got up and went into the bathroom and turned the hot water on in the shower.

    Thinking to myself, he’s my friend, one of my best friends and he saved my life. Now he might die and I was hateful to him. He might die and the last thing I said to him was go away!” I broke down again and just cried as the hot water soothed my bruises and burned scrapes.

    About an hour later I mustered the courage to go back to the medical clinic. When I got there Jonah told me “He’s lost a lot of blood and he had to have a transfusion. They’re giving him more blood now and his vitals are stabilizing.”

    “Can I go and see him yet?” I asked tearfully.

    “Yeah, only one of us at a time though but go-ahead man. It’ll help him to feel your presence. He cares about you a lot Rich.” Jonah said.

    I crept into the critical care room and sat down next to him. I just stared at him. Scared the monitor would go flat and that would be the end. I felt a shiver run down my spine and I reached out and took his hand in mine. I sat staring at him all night. Morning came and I was just sitting when the new nurse came in.

    I heard you’ve been here for ten hours now.” She said with a smile.

    “Yeah, I guess I have.” I said rubbing my eyes “How is he doing?”

    “The doctor has him on strong antibiotics and his vitals have stabilized. The healers said his wounds can’t be healed with their magic so, we have to do this the old-fashioned way.” She stated.

    I stayed with him for four days just pacing the floor and sitting at his bedside. I couldn’t figure out if it was out of quilt, regret or if I really did have feelings for him. I just couldn’t leave not until he woke up.

    I left to get a cup of coffee and when I got back the doctor was in the room with the nurse standing at his bedside. I rushed in and asked in a panic “What’s wrong, what happened is he—” then I saw he had his eyes open.

    “Michael, man your awake!” I gasped.

    “Yep, can’t kill me man.” He croaked, his voice hoarse.

    I realized in that moment how much I cared for him and my feelings for him didn’t scare me anymore. This man was willing to die for me even though I had been horrible to him. That was it, in that moment my walls came down and I realized all my fears and doubts were gone. He had smashed through my emotional defenses. I felt relief and I felt more alive than I have felt in years. I felt like my heart was no longer broken and I could breathe again.

    9. Homecoming

    Devon came home the day after Michael and I were attacked by the zombies. So, when It was time for Michael to come home we decided to throw him a homecoming party. We broke into his house (thanks to Dentons 300 year old lock picking skills).

    I picked Michael up from the clinic and brought him home. When we walked in the front door everyone shouted, “Welcome Home!” Michael just smiled and took a deep breath and said” I could smell you all from the car”. With a big smile on his face. A smile I had sorely missed.

    After about an hour everyone left and I helped Michael to his bed. I didn’t know what to say except, “Thanks for saving my life man.”

    He smiled and said” Anytime, your too cute to watch you get eviscerated by the undead.” He said smiling and laughing.

    I stared into his golden brown eyes and said “I’ve missed you man, you scared the hell out of me. I don’t know what I would do if you died.” I said tearfully. Michael just stared at me for a minute.

    Then I said ”I get it now, how you feel I mean. I feel that way about you too Michael, I want to try this, you and me. I want to see where this goes.”

    Michael looked up at me with surprise and said “Then lay here next to me handsome, please? I’m sick of always being alone.”

    I was also so tired of the empty lonely feeling I had in my house all by myself. So, I smiled and crawled in next to him and for the first time in two weeks I actually got some good, sound, sleep.

    I woke up with Michael’s arm around me. At first I thought it would be strange but, it felt great to be held. When Michael woke up he sat up in bed surprisingly easy. I asked him if he was in pain and he just said with a smile, “Not much, mostly just sore now. Werewolf’s heal very fast when they are able to be in physical contact with someone they care about.”

    I said, “It did feel nice to sleep next to someone for a change.”

    Over the next two days his recovery was astounding. He was up and walking he even went for a jog this morning. “It’s only been three days since he got home from the clinic and he’s already jogging? For fun?” I said to myself.

    Michael got back and gave me a hug. I know he wanted more but, he promised me we’d go slow. This was all new to me but, I had to admit the mere sight of him in underwear was really nice.

    He wanted to make me dinner and I said yes. So around eight I knocked and walked into the house. He was smiling and whistling. I couldn’t help but laugh a little at the sight of him in that pink apron.

    “What? It was my grandma’s apron.” He said with a smile.

    We sat down to eat and I must say he was one hell of a cook. He had candles going and the lights dimmed. I knew what he was up to and I liked it even though I had butterflies whirling in my stomach.

    We uncorked a bottle of wine Devon and Jonah had given him and drank a few glasses after dinner. We joked and laughed. It was getting late and I figured I should get back to Jonah’s place to get some sleep. He walked me to the door and looked deep into my eyes, like he could see right into my soul. I felt my stomach flutter and I couldn’t help it. I leaned up and kissed him, but as I started to pull away, he put his hand on my neck and looked at me longingly. I cracked, I couldn’t hold back. I stepped forward, looked up at him and kissed him again with passion and a deep need to feel his touch on my skin.

    He leaned into the kiss and pulled me back inside the doorway, kicking the door shut with his foot. I felt the heat rise to my face and an ache started to form in my groin. I could smell him and he smelled like pure desire, musk and leather. I stepped in stride with him as he led me to the bed. He held the kiss, deep and wet as he yanked his shirt off throwing it to the floor. I ripped at mine tearing the fabric and threw it off of me, all the while locked to his sweet lips. He unbuttoned my pants while I fumbled to unbutton his. We fell back onto the bed and each shuffled our legs to get our pants off. We were naked and our legs intertwined locking us together. The only thing between us was heat, passion and desire.

    I could feel his swollen member against my waist and it made my cock throb with a deep need to feel his cock against mine. Free to explore every inch of each other’s bodies. We held one another, our bodies naked, our chests heaving with want and desire. He pushed his hips into me and I felt him throb against my cock. I told him “It’s ok, let’s go for it.” And smiled as I threw myself back into the warmth of his sweet pink lips. The stubble on his face made me tremble with passion and the hair on his chest and stomach trailed down under his waist band. It was strangely arousing.

    I laid back on the bed as he pulled a small tube from the nightstand and wet his fingers. I felt the pressure on my entrance as he slowly but gently worked his finger inside me. First one finger, then two. It was a sensation I had never experienced before and I loved it.

    He sat up and pulled my left leg over his shoulder and I could feel him poised at my ringed muscle. Suddenly I felt a burn and then intense pleasure. He was inside me! I arched my back and moaned every time he hit that sweet spot. He thrusted gently going deeper inside me but as our passion grew more intense, he moved faster and thrust harder. I could feel my cock grow wet as it leaked and throbbed at the feel of him inside me. He grasped my cock and pumped it as he pushed into me deeper. I could feel the pressure grow in my balls as my orgasm drew closer to the surface. He could see the look in my eyes and he worked my hole faster. He began to growl in the heat of the moment and his eyes grew a bright gold. He started to shake and I knew he was close to exploding. I couldn’t hold back. I began to curl into him as my cock pumped my hot essence against his stomach. He threw his head back and groaned as he spilled inside me. He collapsed onto me and we laid there heaving for air. Shaking in the aftermath of our passion. He rolled to my side and kissed my temple. Never in my life have I felt so free and so happy as I did in that moment. This was so different, so hot and I was in bliss. Basking in the aftermath of our satiated desire.

    After about an hour I asked if he wanted some dinner. He said sure so I made a frozen lasagna and some veggies with garlic bread. We were waiting for it to cool as I turned the T.V. on and zoned out until the buzzer went off. After dinner we started to talk and tell each other stories about our lives and that lasted the rest of the night.

    10.The mole

    The time was about one fifteen in the morning when Jonah heard loud knocking on the front door. Jonah sat up rubbed sleepy eyes and went to answer the front door, “Who the hell is this at one o clock in the morning?” He mumbled.

    When he answered the door a man hurried inside, Jonah was about to grab the guy and toss him back outside when he noticed who it was.

    “Greg, what the hell are you doing here? We agreed no contact except to call in a report twice a month.” Jonah stated harshly.

    “I’m burned Jonah, they found me out. That I was a mole. I don’t know how my cover was blown but I managed to get away. I came straight here after I lost them in the city.” Greg stated, his voice shaking.

    “OK man, calm down, You’re safe here. They wouldn’t dare cross into our territory without permission. Do you have any clue as to how your cover was blown?” asked Jonah.

    “Not yet, my guys are working on it but, the Killian pack man, they plan on attacking sometime this week. They’re afraid of the necromancer! He approached the pack master and threatened to kill his entire pack if they didn’t join his army of mages and zombies. So, he agreed to test our defense’s soon.” Greg exclaimed

    Jonah thought for a moment and told Greg to go home and lock his windows and doors. Jonah immediately called Michael, “Michael, we have a serious problem involving the necromancer and the Killian pack. I need you and Denton here now. I’ll tell you what’s going on when you get here.” Jonah stated with a growl.

    “Ok, we’ll leave right now Jonah.”

    About fifteen minutes passed then Michael walked in the front door. “What’s going down Jonah?” Michael asked concern obvious in his eyes.

    There was a knock on the front door right before Denton walked in and asked what was going on.

    “The Kilian’s are attacking this week, probably sooner since Greg’s cover was burned. “Jonah stated dryly.

    “Ok Jonah, I’ve got this. I’ll increase the border patrols numbers and make sure they all know what to watch out for.” Michael said.

    “I’ll reach out to my people and find out who blew your guy’s cover”. Denton said

    “Thanks Michael. Thanks Denton” Jonah said.

    He pondered for some time about how they could possibly win fighting against the necromancer’s army AND the Killian pack. The thought of the Killian’s siding with the necromancer worried him deeply as he pondered the possible outcomes.

    ” My family has watched over this pack for four generations, I won’t see them die under my watch!” Jonah growled

    When they all sat in the living room Jonah told them all about the Kilian’s joining with the necromancer and how he hoped for some Ideas from us on how to fight what’s coming, especially the undead zombies.

    “The Killian’s we can handle. “Devon said, “but the zombies just keep going no matter how fiercely you attack them. The ones that attacked Michael and Rich were different and stronger somehow, then the one that attacked Rich at the dinner party at Rich’s that night.”

    Rich chimed in saying, “I think I have an idea why they seemed so different. I read as the lost soul inhabits the dead, it becomes stronger and faster the longer it’s trapped in the corpse.”

    “Ok, so now they are nearly invulnerable to physical attacks unless you sever the head.” Jonah stated.

    Mages fire might work on them or they might just keep attacking while they burn.” Devon said.

    “I’ll work on it and see what I can come up with.” Said Rich.

    Let’s get busy preparing for an all-out assault. They could even attack tonight for all we know.” Jonah said with a scowl.

    As the group went their separate ways Jonah got a tight feeling in the pit of his stomach.

    Later that night Jonah heard the patrols howl, it was time. The Killian’s were attacking. He called Ian and Denton and alerted them. He told them to meet him at the eastern boundary. Jonah and Devon threw their gear on and rushed out the front to the jeep and sped away sending a dust trail up into the air behind them.

    Upon arriving, it was absolute chaos. Blood and fur flying everywhere as snarls, growls and screams filled the night air. Jonah leapt from the truck shifting into his wolf form and attacked. He ripped at throats and legs as he fought with ferocity. Devon immediately ran into the middle of the action and slapped his hands together, a thunderous sound clacked over the sounds of battle causing the attacking enemy to go temporarily deaf. The Killian’s all whined and backed off a step, shocked by their sudden loss of hearing.

    Jonah and his guards took full advantage of the moment and launched into the of a group of them. Just then the spell on the Killian’s began to wear off and they were as fierce as before, maybe even more so now.

    Devon reached out gathering the magic building it up inside himself. Then ran into the fight spinning and kicking and punching, electricity flowing through his hands into every strike. Yelp after yelp rang through the sounds of battle as one by one, they took off running away into the woods towards their packs territory. Just as we felt a bit of relief more came out and joined the fight. Jonah howled for backup. Within a minute ten of his wolfs jumped through the trees joining the fight. As Jonah’s reinforcements leapt into the enemy. Shifting into wolf form they began an almost elegant ballet of skilled attacks, trading bite for bite. When more of the attacking force fell in defeat, the Killian’s knew that they had lost this round and withdrew running into the forest in shame.

    They all shifted into human form and talked to one another agreeing that boundary patrols needed to raise their numbers and keep backup teams at the ready.

    The night turned into early morning and they went their separate ways, after all you can’t fight when your exhausted.

    11.Looming threat

    Ian knew what he had to do. He decided the best way to fight when your outnumbered is to bolster your own army. He had a thought, and a plan but, it was tricky and he knew it would also be dangerous. He called Denton and asked him to come along. “We’re going to ask the forest fae for help.” Ian explained.

    “Forest fae don’t trust mages and they certainly don’t trust vampires for that matter, so why would they help us?” asked Denton in surprise.

    “Yes but, I believe the Necromancer’s main goal is to wipe out the pack so he can gain access to the doorway that’s on Jonah’s land. That way he can get into their realm and destroy the forest fae once and for all. They are a necromancer’s most hated and feared enemy.” Ian states “we don’t have any other options, besides the fae king owes me a favor for saving his eldest sons life seventy years ago. “

    “Fine, we’ll visit the forest fae.” Denton replied, annoyance clear in his voice.

    They hiked for a couple of hours when they came to a clearing in the woods with a pond. The pond seemed to shimmer an otherworldly glow.

    “We’re here Ian stated. “I’ll open the doorway.”

    Ian pulled a small shimmery stone from his pocket and placed it on the ground reciting something in ancient fae. Denton couldn’t quite make out. Out of thin air a magic doorway opened. They waked through the long doorway with walls made of pure gold and emerged on the other side, in the middle of a mystical forest. The very air had a sparkle to it.

    Which direction is it?” asked Denton.

    “Just be patient and wait.” insisted Ian. “Wait for what, let’s get this over with.” Said Denton with annoyance. “They’re already here Ian states as tall slender fair skinned fae begin to emerge from the woods in all direction weapons at the ready.

    “I’m here seeking an audience with King Nethlar!” Shouted Ian.

    The fae all exchanged glances and one of them clad in silver metallic armor slowly approached them.” Who are you?” inquired the commander of the guards.” I’m Ian McDurvy and I need to speak to the King.”

    The guards cautiously looked at Denton and scowled.” How dare you bring this creature to our land!” Then they put them in shackles and escorted them to the palace of the fae. When they arrived, the commander said “wait here.” And made his way into the throne room.

    A moment later they were escorted to the King.” Unshackle them now.” Stated the fae king. The guards complied swiftly. The palace hall was a shimmery combination of golds and silvers and shined with the light of the midday sun gleaming through the stain glass windows.

    “Ian McDurve, it’s been a long time. To what do I owe this visit?” said king Nethlar.

    “My friends and I are facing a darkness like never before and we need your help. An army of the undead are marching to invade our land and wipe us out, I need your help to stop them, King Nethlar?” Ian said bowing.

    “Why should I help you?” Asked the king.

    “With respect you owe me a life debt.” Ian replied.

    “Our fight is against a most powerful Necromancer, and after he destroys us then he’ll march on the fae realms no doubt.” Said Ian.

    “Fine, fine, I will send a garrison of my finest warriors to your aid. Just take this stone glass amulet and shatter it, we will come to your aid in that very moment. Then Ian McDurve my life debt will be paid.”

    “Yes, king Nethlar.” Ian said with a bow as he and Denton backed away then turned and headed out the great hall. Making their way back to the magical doorway they had stepped through.

    When they arrived at Devon and Jonah’s they knocked and waited. When Jonah answered the door, they both began to tell Jonah about their meeting with the king. That the king would send a garrison of his best warriors to the fight when they called for them. Jonah sighed in relief “That might just give us the upper hand. “said Jonah.” Thanks Ian, you may have just saved the pack from being wiped out.”

    Ian just smiled and made his way to the door and he and Denton went home.

    Ian and Denton began creating a battle plan through the night. Being in their hundreds they have seen many battles and knew just the strategy they would suggest. Writing up the plan in the early hours of the morning. Satisfied they had devised a good strategy they decided to rest after the long day’s events.

    Denton held Ian in his comforting embrace as Ian struggled to sleep.
    They couldn’t help but ponder the looming threat that lingered before them.

    12.Rich

    Rich sensed that his feelings for Michael were getting stronger but, he wouldn’t allow himself to think about a future with him. So, he distracted himself by practicing the defensive moves Michael had taught him. After a couple of hours he stood in the field and pondered all he had read in the books and to his surprise he found it easy to recall almost all of it. The healing powers, the cleansing powers, how to battle dark magics and how to protect his friends and keep them alive.

    He made his way into the house and went into the study to go over how to imbibe objects with protective energy that would ward off dark magic and how to give the werewolfs an edge in the battle against the zombies.

    After a couple hours he decided he wanted to go and see Michael.

    Arriving at Michaels he went to knock when Michael opened the door and said “I could hear you coming a mile away handsome.” A smile on his face.

    Michael could tell something was troubling Rich so he asked “Are you alright? What’s wrong? You seem worried about something?”

    “Oh, only all my friends and the person I care about most Dying at the hands of the undead, that’s all.” Rich said sarcastically

    “We will figure this out Rich, come on, don’t worry so much. We have two very powerful mages, a cleric, a garrison of forest fae and 100 werewolves. We’ll get through this.” The compassion and tenderness in his voice was calming. “Besides it’s not like we need a priest to bless us, we ju—”

    Suddenly rich stood to his feet “Shit, that’s it, oh my gods thank you. I know what to do now!” Rich exclaimed as he ran out the door.

    Arriving at the house he ran to the study and began poring over the section on blessing objects and people. “This is perfect, If I can brew this potion correctly and add a hair from every werewolf that’s going to fight, I can infuse them with the power to free the bound spirits animating the zombies. The zombies will die.

    The next day Ian and Denton arrived at the house and they all began mulling over the battle strategies Ian and Denton had devised. I couldn’t understand it all but, I knew my roll and that’s what counted most. When the meeting came to an end, I heard a crash and ran out from the study to see the Necromancer himself walk through the front door. As soon as he entered, he waved his hand and I saw my friends immobilized by a spell unable to move a muscle. I remained as still as I could to appear immobilized as well. His spell had no effect on me. Jonah growled, sending a guttural sound vibrating through the room. The Grand Magus, now a necromancer looked Jonah in the eyes as they gleamed with hate and pleasure. He held up his hand and I fell to the floor in agonizing pain, he had me in a anguish spell. ”You are not my equal young cleric, stay down, or one of your friends will die.”

    Jonah growled louder and said I’m going to kill you necromancer!”

    “Little angry wolf, you think you can best me? “then the necromancer laughed tauntingly.

    He called his acolytes in and they grabbed Jonah, tied him up and escaped through a portal. In that very second the pain stopped as everyone stood to their feet, “What the hell just happened?”

    They took Jonah! We have to find him?” screamed Devon.

    “He won’t kill him, he’ll use him as leverage, he knows we have him outnumbered and he’s afraid.” Ian said.

    I just stood in shock.

    Ian continued, saying “We fight just like we planned, Jonah would want us to stick to the plan.”

    We all looked at each other, because we knew he was right. That’s exactly what Jonah would want. The next morning, we all gathered to go over the plan one last time. We would be ready but, I had decided if my friends were going to die, I would die right alongside them.

    We went over every scenario but could find no real way to extract Jonah without a full-scale confrontation. We knew we had to defeat the army if we were going to save Jonah. So, we put our plan into motion by hitting the sporting goods store and buying camping supplies for one hundred people. Devon paid. He has a fortune passed down from father to son for generations. Now it’s his. He doesn’t even get paid for the work he does on the council he just does it because he wants to feel useful.

    12. Michael

    “I can’t fucking believe this! Screams Michael.” How the hell did he manage to kidnap Jonah? He’s the strongest one of us!”

    “Before we could react, he immobilized all of us, we were helpless.” Rich replied. “We’ll get him back Michael I promise.”

    “We need to move out now! The trek up the mountain is long and dangerous and we’re running out of time.” Says Michael.

    I called a pack meeting and told every able-bodied wolf to attend. We needed to rally the troops and get underway. I stood before the pack and announced the kidnapping of our pack master. They all started to whisper and I could sense the scent of fear in the air. So, I told them, “We have to stand united and strong against the necromancer and his army! We will save Jonah, we will defeat the necromancer’s army and we will come out victorious!” Shouts and hollers of excitement flowed through the werewolves as Michael continued “This is not the time to fear but a time to act and be brave! Be ready in two hours we will leave at ten A.M. The enemy lies just over the northern ridge it’s a two-day trek up the mountain but we are strong, we are united and we are wolfs!!!”

    The heightened moral was tangible as Michael stepped down from the log and went back into Jonah’s house. “That went pretty good.” I thought to myself. Rich came out of the study telling me his plan to not only protect the pack from dark magic but he would perform a blessing on every wolf and that would give us the edge we needed to kill the zombies, not just wound.

    I need ingredients though.” Rich said. “And I don’t know where to go.

    “I do Rich, I’ve taken Devon there a few times.” Said Michael.

    We left that moment and rushed through the city to the magic shop. As Rich carefully went through all the wares in the shop, he had what he needed in no time so, we sped back to the pack lands. Rich ran to the study Saying “Gather all the wolfs that will fight and get one strand of hair from each pack member.”

    I called all the pack members out to the meeting area and collected a strand of hair from everyone. I would just have to wait until the battle is about to start to complete the potion because it only lasts two hours.

    The time was coming to leave for the mountain and I had my battle suit on. I was clad in a tight white leather suit for protection and a strap hung diagonally across my chest. I filled the strap with blessed stones and a few magical binding gems.

    Ian was dressed in his black leather suit covered in steel studs and a pouch at his side. While Denton just wore a suit and unbuttoned dress shirt (Brother vampires can be vain). Michael was in tight jeans and a T-shirt. We were ready to head out.

    We trekked up the trails for about four hours and came to the river. The cursed bridge we had crossed when we first fought the grand magus (now a necromancer) the curse had activated and tore the bridge down.

    “I have an idea but the pack will have to hurry through the portal once I open it. It will take a lot of my magic to keep it open long enough for the entire pack to get through.

    “Ok, sounds like a sound plan Ian, let’s do it.” said Michael

    Ian closed his eyes and began to center himself he could feel the vast untapped vampire magic of his mate Denton and strained to control it. Denton felt the tug in his chest and knew Ian was bolstering his own magic by tapping into Dentons vast pool of vampire magic through their soul bond.

    The earth began to tremble as Ian poured magic outward into the portal spell. The air grew thick and sparkly all around. Ian opened his eyes now glowing bright blue with magical power. He snapped his finger. With a sudden loud crackle that echoed through the mountainside the portal burst open in a shower of sparks. “Go now!” Ian exclaimed.

    The pack started rushing through to the other side of the rushing white river. His brow began to sweat as he strained to maintain the portal then, Denton noticed he was struggling and thought “I’ll give it a shot.”

    Denton drew deep within himself and felt Ian’s pull, so Denton gave himself to the sensation and Ian began to steady and a stillness came over him as Denton’s vampire magic was flowing into him so easily now.

    After the last of the wolves stepped through, he and Denton darted in before it collapsed in on its self.

    They hiked another six hours and Michael called for camp. So, the wolves all setup camp and we rested around one of many fires. We knew the next day would be another exhausting journey.

    13.Treacherous

    It got cold come nightfall and a biting chill gnawed at us. We had sentries all around the camp. As we drank some whiskey and warmed ourselves by the fire, we couldn’t help but talk about Jonah, we kept our voices low so as, not to effect moral. It was Denton, myself, Devon and Michael so we all talked about whether he was ok, what the necromancer was doing to him and if the coming battle would be a victorious one.

    We swiftly ended the conversation realizing it was affecting us in a negative way. So, we talked about other things and then called it a night. Then out of nowhere a wolf howl rang the night and Michael jumped to his feet “It’s the east perimeter something’s attacking. So, we ran to the east and when we arrived, we saw three of our werewolf’s lying broken and lifeless on the ground and the sound of thunder with each footstep. A mountain ogre stepped out from the trees and his growl rumbled through the air.

    We each separated to make several targets. Ian and Devon attacked first throwing fire and electricity at it while Michael and Denton assaulted with vicious physical assaults. The ogre just shrugged it all off and charged. We leapt out of the way when suddenly it screamed in pain. We looked down at the beast’s legs and Michael and Denton were both attacking the monsters Achilles tendon, slashing and swiping until they heard a snap and the ogre fell with a loud crash. when it opened its mouth to scream Ian threw fire down the monster’s throat and he burned with blue fire from the inside disintegrating the ogre’s throat.

    Ian was tired from the magical drain he’d experienced when creating the portal and fighting the ogre so he made his way to sleeping bag.

    The next morning at dawn we packed up camp and headed further down the trail. It was to the point that moving up the mountain was getting difficult. There were minor injuries that Rich being an E.M.T. quickly treated and some he healed with his magic abilities.

    Then the sky grew dark and rain began to fall like a monsoon. The ground got slick and water began to roar down the mountainside.

    ” A flash flood would come crashing down on us if this didn’t stop! This is no natural storm; he knows we’re coming.” Ian thought to himself,

    Ian looked at Devon and said dispel it now. They both closed their eyes and started to chant in an ancient language. The storm began to pick up force as if reacting to them and Ian yelled, “push harder Devon!” and they reasserted their efforts. A light glow formed around them and the air sparked and popped. Then the storm began to dissipate and the water slowed as the sky grew clear.

    Slowly, they started back up the hillside when they came to the section of forest called the cursed woods. Humans named it that because, if they entered, they could never find their way out. Many humans died in these woods. ”I thought the cursed wood was behind us!” shouted Michael.

    “It seems to have magically moved, let’s go. we don’t have time for talk.” We made our way through the cursed woods. It was putrid and riddled with death, dead trees and animals that had wandered in. The air hissed with strange unearthly sounds and a stench soured with the breeze.

    Devon and Ian could feel eyes watching them. When suddenly arrows thumped into the trees around Michaels head and ”hoops” and “whoo’s” filled the silence of the swamp.

    “Dark Elves!” Ian shouted. Just as they charged, Ian’s shield went up. About twenty wolves joined in the fight, the rest were too far back. There must have been forty dark elves.

    We stood our ground, Devon waited and just as the first wave was about to be upon us, he slammed his hand into the swampy earth and the ground froze rock solid leaving them all stuck in ice. The second we charged, the wolves leapt in ripping and tearing at flesh. The dark elves regrouped and came at us again, only this time they had a plan. We didn’t see the dark figures hopping and leaping through the tree tops and faced off with the ground forces in front of us. The elves swords were made of a black metal that gleamed in the light like glass. I heard a twig snap and turned, they were behind us too! The wolves ran in and charged the ones at the rear while the five of us faced the small army ahead.

    The dark elves charged from the front now and Denton blinked again reappearing in front of the leader snapping his neck then he reappeared next to me leaning against a tree whistling. They carried a look of shock on their faces as they charged again. This time Devon spoke a word and pulled his arms upward and a blazing wall of fire engulfed the charging elves leaving a lingering stench of burning flesh in the air. The wolves suffered six dead. They buried the dead and we moved through the cursed forest with a newly found vigilance when we finally reached the clearing.

    14.The beaten path

    We had made it clear of the cursed forest and were making good time. The midday sun shone brightly in the sky not a single cloud on this perfect day. We crossed a bright green field and into an area that looked like desert but how? This was the Rocky Mountains. What was happening we wondered, so we checked our location on the g.p.s. and we were right where we were supposed to be. We proceeded with extreme caution. There was something magical happening here and we had no clue what it was.

    We were making our way through the desert like terrain. Denton had fallen back to check the trail behind for anything that might be following us. But the sandy trail just weaved off into the distance behind us.

    Then we came upon a large rock and when Denton turned, he froze. “OH, shit guys, that boulders aura is bright green, that’s a living creature with magic seeping out of it, potent magic.”

    We began to move slowly away. Then Rich stepped on the only twig in a five-mile radius. Suddenly the rock began to blur as it changed shape lifting a large head high into the air with its long neck and spreading its massive wings. “DRAGON!” someone yelled and a panic rushed through the wolfs behind us. We stood our ground and faced it head on. A large horned head reared back and its mouth opened and just as it spued acid Devon threw a shield up with his hands and the acid ran down the magical barrier. Then it lunged and swung its barbed tail crashing into Ian and sending him flying through the air landing several feet away rolling in the sand “NOOOO!” Devon screamed and his eyes glowed a bright amber as he raised his arm and began to chant ancient words. “Polymorph might work on this dragon.” Devon pondered. Suddenly the beast fell to the ground rolling and snarling in pain as he started to shrink smaller and smaller transforming into a bleating sheep. Devon and Rich ran to Ian’s side. He was breathing in raspy breaths, pain on his face. You could see the puncture in his side as he pointed to his leg and we could see bone pultruding from the wound.

    Rich laid his hand on Ian’s chest and his hands began to glow golden white. Ian seemed to calm like his pain was being blocked and suddenly Ian’s leg began to crunch and pop as the bone knitted together and the torn flesh healed shut than his side healed and the sound of ribs snapping and knitting together made us wince. Then Rich sat back and said “better?” with a smile

    Ian smiled wide and said well-done Rich you’re really getting control over your abilities.

    When we made it to the snowy ground, we were able to relax because it may be cold but, we knew this area and there’s nothing to worry about out here. We came to the rocky part where a cave stood and the mouth of it was huge.

    We all had flashlights and every pack member brought one just for this reason. So, we made our way into the cave and the stench of mold and rot filled the air. The rancid smell of it made my head hurt and my stomach turn.

    We made our way deeper and the smell was getting stronger. There were occasional pools of sickly green water on the ground as we pushed deeper into the cave knowing it came out at the top of the cliff. We came upon the source of the smell. A pile of half-eaten bodies riddled the ground and we heard a hiss in the distance, “Let’s keep moving.” Michael said.

    We made our way through the intersecting tunnels from memory with ease. Then another hiss and another this time from the other side. Michael extended his claws and teeth and Ian and I stood at the ready as Denton said, “They’re probably bog thrashers. They eat human flesh and live in the dark.”

    “Oh, great more bullshit to deal with” Michael said in disgust. Just then the creatures emerged from the shadowy corridors like apparitions glowing eyes that reflected red in the light. They surrounded us and the pack members stood at the ready.

    They attacked, leaping into the middle of us and raking rich across the back with a screech, the razor-sharp claws slicing his flesh. Then Ian raised his hand and opened his clenched fist letting out a light so bright that it temporarily blinded the bog thrashers. Then Ian grabbed Rich and dragged him to the side and began chanting a healing spell. It took a minute for the magic to take effect but Rich’s wounds began to mend and there were only small tears in the leather suit he wore. Devon threw himself into the thick of the fight, throwing one blow after the other, impacting each creature with sparks and fire flying off his fists. Michael lunged and took out four in less than a minute. Ian let out a shout and a blast of telekinetic energy knocked them all to the ground. The pack members leapt into action quickly tearing each one apart with their massive jaws.

    They were dead, the whole nest. We sighed and made our way to the top of the upper part of the cliff to the path at the top.

    15.Silence

    Evening came upon us quicker than we had hoped so we decided to make camp. One of the pack members, a tall man well bult from years of heavy labor. He looked at Rich and offered to mend Rich’s leather armor and Rich agreed graciously.

    The hillside was beautiful for this time of year, the grass was still green and some flowers still blossomed through the occasional patch of snow. The hillside was quiet and it gave us all a sense of calm. We drank and talked over the campfire and Rich and Michael went for a walk in the moonlight. They reached a spot overlooking the valley and could make out the lights of the city just barely. Rich sighed in contentment and Michael reached around him and held him close to his side. The warmth of Michael made Rich feel so safe and warm, like nothing in the world could tear them apart. Rich turned his head and admired the strong masculine features of the man holding him tight. Suddenly it reminded him of their first time on the cliff above the waterfall beneath the light of the moon.

    Rich felt a sensation run through his body and he shivered. “your cold babe?” asked Michael. “No, I just keep getting this feeling we’re being watched.”

    Rich quickly dismissed the feeling and began to thread his fingers through Michaels chest hair. The sensation of another man was intoxicating to him. Rich looked up at Michael and asked “Do you think there is a future for us, or is this just about sex to you? It’s fine if it is, I just need to know what I’m facing.”

    Michael smiled and said “I REALLY like you Rich and I pray we do have a long future together.”

    Michaels words struck him in a way he hadn’t expected. He smiled and leaned his head against Michaels muscled chest.

    Then Rich lifted his head and said “Do you hear that? “Michael looked at him puzzled and said no why?”

    “Because neither do I, nothing at all. No bugs, no birds nothing.”

    They decided it would be best to get back to camp. They told the others and Ian said” It’s the necromancers influence, we’re close enough now that even the birds sense his dark energy and that tends to drive away most living creatures.”

    Rich nodded in understanding and left for his tent. Michael approached him and said “Since tomorrow is most likely going to end in a battle can “I—I” he paused and fumbled his words,” w-well I just don’t want to be alone”.

    “Of course.” I said with a smile. We entered my tent and crawled into the soft sleeping bag barely able to fit two. I turned into him and put my head on his hard-hairy chest and closed my eyes, I thought I heard him whisper “I love you Rich.” And I smiled wide then dozed off.

    In the morning at first light I awoke to the gentle rhythm of his breath and just admired him for a minute then I woke him. We got dressed and made our way outside. I thought to myself that was a really silent night.

    16.Battle of wills

    We decided to leave the camp set up and prepare for the battle ahead. Rich began to work on the blessing potion and the rest of us worked on setting up a perimeter. The others began digging holes for traps and explosives. We had to be on the defensive until the moment was right to charge them. Ian and Devon stretched and then sparred to sharpen their minds. Denton just stood admiring them spin, flip in the air and strike and kick with such grace that he was mesmerized.

    Rich seemed to be having trouble and Ian having finished sparing asked him if he needed help.

    Rich replied “Yes please, I don’t know how to prepare the ambrosia seeds.”

    “Simple you put them here and crush them to dust.”

    “Oh, thanks Ian.” Rich said

    Rich had been picking up his craft extremely fast but the finer parts of potions left him a little confused. He was confident he could do this though.

    Ian approached Michael with an idea. Ian suggested it would give valuable insight into the enemy’s strength and numbers if Ian astral projects into the enemy camp.

    Michael considers it for a moment and gives Ian a nod “Do it he says bring back as much info as you can. Ian, be careful we don’t know the extent of his power yet.”

    Ian and Devon go to the large tent and Ian sat down cross legged and began his meditation. Within a minute he was in the astral plane.

    Ian could see the world but everything was the wrong color. A haze flowed through the air like the heat waves off a desert expanse. The color different shades of grey and pink filled his senses and he could sense the feel of the dark magic emanating from the necromancer. Ian was drifting in the sky and could see the black taint of dark magic from the air. Ian willed himself down and into the camp. Ian moved to see what he could find. He moved over the encampment getting a feel for the number of undead that stood motionless in formation and how many acolytes he had left. They already knew there were sixty or so Killian pack members there, so Ian moved in closer and deeper into the camp.

    “Where’s Jonah?” Ian thought.” I have to find him!”

    He came to a central tent obnoxiously large for a field tent and it had all the luxuries of the modern-day. Air, heat and plumbing. He moved closer and thought he could sense Jonah’s presence. He moved through the wall. There he was beaten, bloody and half conscious. Ian moved to get a better look at the state of Jonah when he heard the Necromancer come in talking.

    “We have the wolves and we have the undead, that need I remind you are impervious to pain and exhaustion. Also, they’re starving which makes them even more vicious. So, go an—-The Necromancer stops and begins to look around the room then his eyes fix on Ian and before Ian could flee a jolt of weakness ran through him and he felt it, felt freedom leave him, he was trapped. Trapped at the tip of a madman’s mind held in this room by dark magic, a slave to the necromancer’s will. Ian’s spirit strained and pushed but he was too weak, the necromancer was siphoning his power.

    Devon was still watching over Ian’s body when he felt a pain in his gut and Ian’s body jerked than went strangely still and Devon could feel Ian’s spirit. Devon panicked and ran to Michael.

    “Michael, I need to go after Ian he’s trapped in the astral plane I think, I remember reading about this kind of mind snare. A dark sorcerer can hold the spirit captive until his body gives out. I need to go in and help him!”

    Michael replies “and what happens if you get mind snared yourself? We need you!” but as Michael sees Devon’s desperation,” SHIT! Fine go in and try to get Ian but if that necro tries to snare you run as fast as you can, you’re too important here.”

    “Thank you, Michael really. thank you.” Devon says as he rushes back to the tent.

    He lays back on the ground and with practiced ease he drifts into the beyond, into the astral world. The colors surrounding him are that sickly red you see when evil stands before you and his aura drips with darkness.

    The sensation he had all night that they were being watched was confirmed when he saw two scouts up the ridge spying on the camp. He moved towards the dark feeling in his gut the sensations of hate and rage, jealousy and revenge surged through him. feelings that were not his own.

    When Devon reached the camp, he followed the feeling of his friend and mentor Ian’s spirit was diminished but there none the less. He entered the tent and he felt a gaze on him so he turned and the necromancer just looked at him and smiled “You stupid child, don’t you realize that I can sense and manipulate the very will of a spirit. I can trap lost souls in the dead and animate their confused spirit into a flesh body and watch them go mad in confusion and horror,.” he says as he laughs maniacally.

    Then Devon feels the sudden weakness of the mind snare and he resists but the necromancer is too strong. Then his eyes spy Jonah in the corner bloody, bruised and half dead. Ian looks up with sheer hatred burning in his eyes.

    “oh, don’t like seeing your little doggy hurt child?” well get used to it, life is pain!” Screams the necromancer.

    Just then he reaches out to the wolf bond he shares with Jonah and suddenly he can feel the magic like fire igniting his consciousness with power. His very soul burns with it, raw and unrestrained power, feral and wild. He draws on it, it’s so intoxicating he follows it and then he hears Jonah’s gentle voice.

    “No baby, please don’t lose yourself, I love you.” Jonah cannot see him but he can feel his presence.

    Suddenly Jonah’s pleas snap him out of his trance like state. The magic had almost overtaken him. He pushes the power back at the necromancer with all the inner strength he can muster.

    The necromancer screams and grabs his head as he loses his grip on Devon and Ian both. Devon grabs Ian and pulls him back to his body and Ian lies down into his body fusing with it. Ian’s eye’s snap open and he looks around exhausted and disoriented. Devon sits up and looks at Ian with a smile and hugs him.

    “I’m so glad you’re alive Ian, thank the gods.”

    Devon then goes to Michael and alerts him to the scouts watching the camp and he sends his two best guys to dispose of them. Then he looks at Devon and says it’s almost showtime be ready by dawn tomorrow.”

    Devon says “Sure thing Michael.” Devon Smiles and leaves

    Ian stumbles in half dazed and informs Michael of the enemy numbers and how soon they might attack.

    17.Collision course

    It was about five thirty in the morning and Rich’s potion had been brewing all night. It’s changed colors from a nasty brown look to a brilliant bright blue. It’s ready he says and leaves his tent to go and let Michael know.

    “Hey Michael, the potions ready. All I have to do is add the hairs I collected from the whole pack and it’ll be ready to use. Remember we can’t activate the potion until just before the fight because it only lasts an hour maybe two if it’s strong enough.” Rich states

    “Ok, we march in one hour so be ready to activate it, and Rich, no matter what happens to me. I want you to know how much I care about you. I can’t explain it right now but you mean the world to me, please be careful today.” Michael says sincerely.

    The pack gets prepared and forms a line so Devon adds the packs hair strands to the potion and tells them to take one sip each and move along. Each one approaches grimaces at the taste and moves out. The pack is on the move. After all the werewolf’s have sipped the liquid, they head toward the necromancer’s camp.

    Rich races to the front to stand alongside his friends and fight by their sides. Michael, Devon, Ian, and Rich all head into the unknown as they draw closer and closer to the encampment. Rich’s heart is racing but he holds his composure and stays steadfast by Michael’s side. Michael takes the fae stone, throws the amulet down and stomps it. Just then a doorway opens and 25 soldiers from the forest fae march out.

    They sneak up the hill overlooking the camp and get eyes on the zombies and the acolytes. Michael gives the signal and his team leaders hold until Michael howls the battle cry. Like a wave the werewolf’s transform into their wolf forms and some half wolf. They rush the zombies and the zombies suddenly come to life running at Michael and the werewolf’s at full speed snapping at the air hungry for flesh.

    The two armies collide in an echoing sound of Growls and zombie screams. The werewolves slash at the zombies and they fall lifeless to the ground. The first wave. Michael Screams “it’s working, the potions working!”

    Rich smiles and Michael howls signaling to the rest of the pack to advance. Michaels pack quickly shifts into wolf form and runs onto the battlefield, fearlessly cutting down any threat that stands before them. The battlefield is a swirling mass of rotting flesh and bloody fur as the battle rages on between the undead and the wolves.

    Devon and Ian are tirelessly and methodically spinning and flipping through the massive bombardment of attacks. Landing strike after magical strike as electricity flows from them electrocuting every enemy in their path. Magic and melee flow together in a whirlwind of destruction.

    The forest fae fight with merciless precision and speed as they cut down the zombies one by one with their silver magical blades. Their green metallic armor shines in the morning sun as they fight and move better than anyone Michael has ever seen before. Swinging their swords with deadly precision, they begin to make an advance as they cut through the zombies.

    Suddenly the acolytes are bombarding them with fireballs and acid. Ian conjures shimmering golden shields around the people he loves most in the world. He reaches deep inside. The magical energy surges through his very veins as he conjures the shields again, trying to protect his friends from the magical attacks.

    Michael grows impatient, he needs to get to Jonah. But the fights not over yet and his pack needs him. As Michael continues to rage through the zombies sending their wretched trapped spirits back to the ether he loses sight of his new love Rich as the chaos that is war continues to rage.

    Denton blinks from place to place slashing every zombie he can as fast as he can with his razor-sharp finger nails. He blinks so fast body after body, zombies just begin falling to the ground seemingly without explanation.

    The fight is going well and they are on the precipice of victory. Then suddenly a second wave of acolytes come rushing over the ridge. They all look up to see the newest threat coming at them. The acolytes begin to chant as their combined magic is focused into one massive spell. A dark wave forms and starts rushing towards them. As it passes them the death curse drops every person in its path Rich watches helplessly as his friends die one by one. The curse comes barreling at him he drops to one knee and puts his arms out in front of himself and as the black force screams past Rich’s magical field of shimmering silver light encompasses him sparking and popping as the curse roars around him. When the curse dissipates, he stands amid nothing but death. The pack, his friends and Michael all dead.

    Rich’s insides begin to turn as he feels like vomiting but, he remembers something he read in his book and drops to the ground digging his hands deep into the soil. The magic of nature itself of life and light surges up his arms and into his chest, wave after wave of pure magical energy, vast as the ocean. He pulls at the power at his fingertips and focuses. Focuses on everyone he’s lost, the pack, his friends and the man he’s falling for. He wants them, he wants them all back and as tears stream down his face he screams. As he screams into the still air a golden shockwave explodes from within him. The magical wave of light surges through every fallen ally. One by one they sit up gasping for air as the magical wave of resurrection dissipates.

    The acolytes having witnessed the impossible suddenly panic in fear, screaming ”They’re immortal, they cannot be killed, run!” and as the battlefield grows quiet Michael, Devon, Ian, Denton and Rich all carefully navigate through the enemy camp searching for their missing leader Jonah.

    In the center of the camp, they come upon a massive tent. This is the Necromancer’s tent no doubt.” Michael says as he walks into the quiet room. The silence is deafening as he searches. The others all come in and begin to look about for Jonah but find nothing. Suddenly Denton gets pulled up into the air by an inviable force that throws him across the room crashing into some crates.

    Denton is on his feet in a second flat as they all search frantically for the attacker but see nothing. Then the very air grows thick with the smell of death itself and a green mist rolls across the ground. The Necromancer walks in wearing black leather and a crown of black thorns Laughing tauntingly. They lunge to attack in unison but, with a wave of his hand they all stand frozen where they’re at, held by an invisible force. The demon that attacked Devon appears out of thin air snarling.

    “My pet, he is bound to me and has to do my bidding. Even if I commanded him to kill one hundred people, he wouldn’t hesitate.” Laughs the necromancer

    Rich struggles to stand as still as he can. The immobilization spell had no effect on him but, he needs this advantage of surprise. The necromancer walks by them one by one laughing and wickedly smiling.

    “I will see to it you watch your entire pack die before your eyes as you weep in shame and failure. After all your feeble efforts, you have failed to rescue your precious dog. Well, I will torture him. Then I will kill him and bind him to the dead, while you all watch”

    The necromancer looks Rich in the eyes and says,” Some healer you are. You can’t even resist my simplest of spells. You really ar—.”

    He stops as the long dagger jets out his back as Rich sinks it to the hilt and whispers. “Your spells are crap and this dagger is blessed so, it is lethal to necromancers. Oh, and a monologue really? That’s a classic villain mistake.” Then he pulls the blade back as the necromancer’s Dark Green blood drips from the blade. The runes on the demon’s skin vanish as he laughs and disappears, finally set free.

    They locate Jonah unconscious in a crate under a banket. They quickly help him out as Rich lays his hands on Jonah’s chest. Rich closes his eyes as his hands begin to glow gold and Jonah’s wounds start to close. Then Jonah regains consciousness and smiles at the sight of his friends, his chosen family.

    “About time.” Jonah says smiling.

    18.Truth

    Rich and Michael strip down and take a hot shower. Michael flashes his classic sexy smile at Rich the entire time. They dry off and throw on some shorts then they lay back on the bed. Michael wraps Rich in his arms and kisses his forehead.

    “I’ve never felt special until I met you.” Michael stated with honest sincerity.

    Rich digs in close to Michael’s chest,” And I’ve never fallen for a guy before.”

    Michael chuckles and says” So you’ve fallen for me huh? How far have you fallen?”

    “Far, really far.” Rich says with a shy expression.

    I knew I had to come out with it soon but, not yet. I was still scared to let Michael know how I really felt about him. Like I thought he would hurt me. I knew inside he would never hurt me or cheat because werewolf’s mate for life. I just decided “I’ll tell him tonight.”

    As the evening grew closer, I got more and more nervous. Butterflies and all that. I had a key to Michaels place now and so I snuck in and made dinner, opened some wine and waited

    Michael walked in the front door and stopped in his tracks. “Rich, what’s up babe?” Asked Michael.

    I wanted a romantic dinner with you alone so here we are. I got up and served him his plate and poured him some wine. We ended up eating half our food and just hit the wine. We were on our second bottle when we moved to the bedroom, and I immediately I blurted ”I love you Michael?”

    Michael just got a big smile and came over to sit on the side of the bed with me. I felt raw, like an exposed nerve, almost like I was on fire. Then he said “I love you too Rich, I think you’re the best thing in my life.”

    With that I melted and leaned into him with a kiss. I thought “I’m never letting go of this man He’s just so amazing and sexy.”

    Then he kissed me back only it was deep and wet. His lips were soft but commanding and I knew I would do anything to hold onto him. He laid me back on the bed, I could feel his desire like hot water washing over me. I saw the need in his eyes so I stood up and took off my shirt than began to work my pants off as he unfastened his own and pulled them off. I crawled back onto the soft welcoming feel of the bed and straddled his lap. I could feel him growing with want and I needed him just as bad.

    The candles I lit touched the air with a scent of pine. I could smell his manly musk and it drove me wild with desire. I got the lube out of the drawer and worked his underwear down to his knees. I could feel the sensation of smooth skin and course hair on his legs. I lubed my hungry hole the feeling in my chest was so intense. I wasn’t nervous this time, so I could give myself completely to the passion that burned within. I grabbed his cock and guided him into me. He arched his back as the sudden feel of my tight ass took his breath. He looked me in the eyes and I could see the yellow in his eyes. I rode him faster as he groaned in ecstasy and as I stroked my own swollen cock. I didn’t stop, I didn’t slow down, I followed the hunger in his eyes. I watched him as I pressed into him, burying him deep inside me. Then like I weighed nothing he leaned up and rolled over with his cock still in me. He thrust his throbbing cock deeper and I arched my back taken over by the moment. I could see his orgasm build in his now wild eyes and he began to shutter inside me. He looked at me with his glowing eyes and said “I want you forever and I won’t ever let you go.” He smiled and his rhythm got faster as I worked my leaking cock I yelled” I’m Cumming baby.” And shot pulse upon pulse all over our stomachs. He growled and I knew what he needed so I turned my head and lifted my chin for him exposing my neck, he drew back and buried his fangs in my shoulder. It felt like fire and pleasure all at once and he began to shudder with the force of his orgasm. He then collapsed next to me on the bed. We were both gasping to catch our breath. My neck wound was already closing. We were mates now, for life.

    We held each other and talked for three hours before we fell asleep and I loved him more than ever. I never thought the day would come when I would allow myself to be who I wanted to be, who I needed to be. This was who I was born to be and I needed to be myself. With this man, I could truly be myself and that made me the happiest man on earth. I could finally live my truth.

    19.Sickness

    The next morning a knock came from the door and when I opened it I saw it was Jonah. He said, “Somethings wrong with the pack, everyone is sick.” He said, fear in his eyes.

    First, we hit the medical clinic and Rich tried to heal one of them and he gasped in pain and said “This illness is not natural.” So, we left and went straight to Jonah’s and asked Devon if he’s ever seen anything like it before.

    “No but rich is right it’s magical the vomit samples and blood are tainted with dark magic. That means that the inner wolf will fight the dark magic so fiercely it could kill you all, in fact it most certainly will end badly for everyone. Even if one were two survive there’s a good chance that person would never be able to shift again.”

    We ruled out curses and elixirs, we ruled out spells and we ruled out toxins. The only things left were Hex objects. If that were it, it could be anywhere on the packs land. Ian came over and he and I couldn’t shake the feeling I was missing something so obvious, but what? Oh well, let’s put our heads together and figure this out. We called Denton and Ian and asked them to come over and when they showed up, we explained everyone in the pack’s territory was sick except all of us.

    Ian said” Someone would have had to get onto the packs territory undetected and plant the object someplace.”

    Then it hit me and I said “What about a bound demon. When Devon was thrown from the balcony, I saw a demon and it had binding runes all over its skin. It was doing the necromancer’s bidding. The demon must have planted a hex bag somewhere. This must be his backup plan for revenge.”

    “That has to be it, the demon could have slipped past the wards by drifting between planes when it crossed them and got onto the packs land.” Ian stated

    “Still though, how do we find it?” I asked

    “We scry for It. It touched Devon so we could use a drop of his blood.” Ian said.

    “Ok, let’s do this!” said Devon.

    We gathered all the necessary things and took a topographical map of the packs territory and started the spell. “One drop of blood on the scrying stone and here we go.” Ian said enthusiastically.

    The Chrystal swung round and round. I started to think this idea was bogus until, the pendulum stopped and the drop of blood fell on the southwest section of the map.

    “let’s head out.” we all piled in the jeep and hit the location exactly. But what were we even looking for?

    Ian said “It would be a small hex bag, black in color and most likely hung somewhere.

    So, we searched for over an hour and just when we were about to give up, as we started back toward the truck, Denton detected its aura. Michael climbed the tree and got it down.

    Ian said, “This is not going to be easy people. The hex bag is spelled we can’t get into it to find out what it contains and that means we can’t reverse it. We can’t even destroy it.”

    I chimed in with “Why don’t we x-ray it at the clinic, that would tell us if bones or other solid objects are in it?”

    “Good thinking, let’s do it.” Jonah said

    We left right for the clinic. When we arrived, Jonah told the nurse we needed it x-rayed right away. She pulled up the x-rays of it on the computer and we examined them.

    “That’s a rats head and a rune. It’s impossible to guess what else until we figure out which hex it is. “said Ian.

    We hit the books and researched for six-hours before coming across an old scroll Ian had on common dark rituals. Rituals that dark mages used in the sixteen-hundreds. There were two hex’s that used runes and rats. We read through the first and it used the blood of the rat to seal the hex and bind the spell. So, then we knew the second one was the hex the necromancer used.

    So, with one hurtle out of the way we began the ritual to dispel it. It was extremely complicated and was I was very glad Ian was handling that part.

    It took about four hours to get the ingredients prepared and another three to create the elixir. We needed to dip the hex bag in the elixir to dispel the hex bag. One last thing was needed one drop from a phoenix tear. I thought we were doomed but, Ian had gotten a tear from the mother phoenix after we saved her from the dark magic that tainted her.

    We added the last of the ingredient’s and it began to sizzle and turn bright white. “One cleansing elixir, done everyone.” Ian said with a smile.

    He grabbed the hex bag and slowly began to dip it in the elixir. The ritual required it to be dipped seven times. And then burned. Once he had finished, we took it out to our spell circle and lit it on fire. As it burned, the strangest sound of screams howled for a brief second and then it popped in a green puff of smoke. The cleansing was complete.

    We went to the clinic and the healers said that everyone’s fevers had broken at once and we all just smiled.

    We headed home that night after the long day and hung out at Devon and Jonah’s for a couple of hours drinking and relaxing. I began to realize just how special and precious each and every moment is and how I needed to cherish these next years with Michael, the man that I love. Because nobody knows what tomorrow may bring. It could be happy, sad or tragedy but, it’s always changing and it’s always a surprise. I choose to be happy and be true to who I am.

    Epilogue

    Six months later.

    The news came on and began to report on a terrorist group called, The Magical Triad. They had been suspected of being responsible for the deaths of three very high-profile supernatural people. I shut it off and went to get a night cap, when the doorbell rang. Jonah started down the stairs to answer it but, I told him,” It’s fine I’ve got it.” With a smile.

    When I answered the door, someone blew black lotus powder in my face to neutralize my magic. Then it felt like a wrecking ball hit my chest when something slammed into me and I flew back and onto the ground.

    Jonah heard the commotion and ran out to see what had happened. Whoever it was didn’t expect him to be there, so one of them ran away as the other one stood his ground. Being a shifter, he began to transform into something very big. Jonah jumped down from the upper level in the house and raked the guy across the chest before the man could completely transform. He fell to his knees holding his wound. Jonah tied the guy up and called Ian and rich to come help, while I washed the powder off my face. The guy needed a healer and Ian was good at extracting information.

    His only distinguishing feature was a subdermal marking of the infinity symbol engulfed in flame. He was in The Magical Triad. A group consisting of supernatural’s, how many we didn’t know. Why were they after me and who is going to be next? What did they want with me? Are they really responsible for these attacks on supernatural’s? What’s their endgame? I wondered.

    We needed answers and this guy had them. I guess he is having a REALLY bad day now.

    “Hey Ian, come in, he’s right over there and he’s stubborn.“ I said.

    “We’ll see how stubborn he is in a few minutes.” Ian says with a smile.

    I had to admit the day had been a good one but, this was all in all a shitty end to a good day!